SYNOPSIS; moving into a new campus, you expect new people, new surroundings, new things to learn about, and new things to experience. but never in a million years would you see yourself in a predicament wherein you're in a fling with professor, Nakamoto Yuta, and a very wealthy man named, Jung Jaehyun.
PAIRINGS; prof!yuta & ceo!jaehyun x fem!reader
INCLUDES; age gap (10 & 12 years) , two-timing , time leaps , fem & male receiving , degradation , public sex , fingering , unprotected sex , creampie , squirting , choking , angry sex , spanking
WORD COUNT; 10k words & counting..
RELEASE DATE; hopefully the first week of february ^^ if i finish it early, probably the last week of january.
TAGLIST; @mark-wife-renjun-whore @jjhmk @the-universe-in-you-jjh @queenrachelpink @jensdior @bellamendoza @moonwalkun @ryu-naa @ariiiistaff @neoculturetingz @adorejaehyn @hazukyo @wthzoe
AUTHOR'S NOTE; in this teaser there's no mention of jaehyun but i swear he's here- if you guys want to be added to the taglist you can; comment here, send me an ask, or dm me!~ hope you guys look forward to it ♡ (gif not mine cttro)
The hallway was bustling with countless boisterous students that never seem to take a break. Peace was never an option during free time and the students would abuse this time to do whatever they please.
It was an entropy and Yuta wanted an end to this. Before he could take action, the bell rings and the hallway slowly drifts into silence as students enter their designated rooms. It was peaceful and breathable again. Yuta didn't have to squeeze through smelly students to get to the lecture hall, instead he took his time and made his way over there.
The moment he opened the door, the students stood up like trained dogs and fell into silence. As much as Yuta misses checking in on other profs, Yuta forgot the power he had over these students.
Yuta flashes a smile and urges the students to take their seats. He settled his briefcase on the desk before he stood in front of said desk. With the support of his hands, Yuta leans on the desk while his hands grab onto it to keep himself from falling. He scans the room with a small smile on his face, as he plans on his next move.
As he stood there, you were in your seat mouth agape at the familiar face in front of you. Even though it was a quick glance, you could notice him from miles away. Now that you're here seeing his entire appearance, you can now put together your own opinion.
He's hot as fuck.
Clapping his hands together, Yuta was able to pull you out of your thoughts and put all of your attention on him. “Hello you rambunctious bunch, I'm Nakamoto Yuta and I'll be your chemistry professor for this block and semester.” Everyone greets him and Yuta simply smiles. “I studied in Oxford and I have a master's degree and a doctorate. If you have questions, ask me—I'd love to get to know each and every one of you but there are over forty people in this room. If you introduce yourselves one by one, we'd need more than an hour to do so. And we only have two hours, so let's make the most of it and dedicate all of it to learning.” The room was mixed with agreements and groans of displeasure that made the smile on his face grow. “Okay, if I call you, just state your name and answer my question, got it?”
After everybody agrees to his terms, Yuta fires up the first lesson. You weren't great at chemistry—in fact it was your least favorite from the lack of enthusiasm whenever your professor from your old university teaches. But Yuta was different. He thought the lesson so fervently that anyone would stay on their toes. Well for you at least.
The snores at the back was indication that indeed only you see it as that but you admire his teaching nonetheless. Somehow he made the lesson easier to digest and understand—it's probably from his overflowing passion or he's just born to be a professor.
Yuta would throw questions from time to time and you would raise your hand to none of them. Yuta was asking questions about a topic you hazily remember your previous professor talked about. But since you weren't exactly paying attention to him, answering these questions were difficult. This time when Yuta hurls a question, nobody raises a hand and coincidentally, you know the answer.
You meekly raise your hand, still adjusting to the new surroundings and people around you. Yuta immediately acknowledges you and nods in your direction. “Yes, you. Please state your name then your answer.”
Right after you stood up, you felt your feet sinking into the ground. Multiple gazes were piercing through you including Yuta's. For some reason, him staring at you made you more bothered. You could sense some sort of intimidating presence coming out of him and his stares and it was difficult for you to construct a sentence. If only you knew.
Every second it took you to think up the right words, was more time for Yuta to admire you. He wasn't piercing through you, he was staring at you with love drunk eyes. Every second you stood was an opportunity to mesmerize you longer. Innocent looking eyes, a small face, and full lips, it's like you're yelling at him to like you.
Once you state your name and answer, Yuta's little observation session has commenced. “Okay, thank you Ms. Y/N for your answer. Now back to the topic.”
Yuta bores away the class with his lesson while you were on your toes and attentively listened to him. The next questions he laid out, you find yourself raising your hands more. Not because you wanted his attention, but because you actually knew the answers to it. Yuta didn't mind calling you three times in a row. It may look suspicious but the other students didn't really give a shit.
What finally felt like an eternity, the lesson has come to an end and the ring of the bell fuels up the drowsy students. As Yuta collects his things, he could see from his peripheral view that you were still there. Yuta looked up to fact check it, and it was true. You were still there, searching for something.
This piques Yuta's interest and he couldn't stop himself from walking over to you. “Is everything alright, Ms. Y/N?”
Your soul jumps out of your skin at the sudden mention of your name. You looked over your shoulder and saw your professor looking over your shoulder to get a glimpse on what you're on about. You flash a smile at him and shake your head dismissively. “Oh, it's nothing. I dropped my pen earlier and I'm just looking for it.”
Yuta could only nod at your statement before he stuffs his hands into his pockets. As you turn your head from side to side, Yuta observes you once again and notices the subtle difference on your uniform. “Oh, you're a scholar?” Yuta points out the logo of the school that had a different colored banner that was different from the other students.
“Oh,” you yourself just noticed this difference and you couldn't help but smile sheepishly. “Y-Yeah, I am.”
Yuta nods once again, poking the inside of his left cheek before remarking, “I actually handle the scholars in this university. I track them, making sure their grades are on point and I also make the decision on who deserves the scholarship or not—on behalf of the school of course.”
You flash a smile at him and give him a quick bow. “Thank you so much for granting me this scholarship. I honestly don't know where I'd be if it wasn't for it.”
Yuta smiles back and tries to cut off the amount of credit that's been put upon him. “No, no. You did well on the test, so you did it. Just make the school proud m'kay? You're a role model student.”
You began the search again after Yuta had no further topics to bring. “Ah, there it is!” You said out of the blue at the sight of your missing possession. You bent down, back facing Yuta and lowered yourself on all fours.
Yuta would be lying if he said he didn't look at your ass—in fact, he stared at it. His tongue swiftly brushes past his bottom lip as he looks at the great view of your ass. Your skirt ended a few inches from covering your actual ass. If you could go low and further, Yuta might've got a glimpse of it.
But when you retrieve your pen and get back up, Yuta quickly averts his eyes from your bottom and fixes his gaze on the ceiling. Once you were standing back in your feet and faced him, Yuta looked back at you with a small smile.
“Go on, skedaddle. You don't want to be late for your next class.” Yuta urges, even helping you clear out your desk.
“Thank you Mr. Nakamoto, I'll see you next time.” You shyly yet hurriedly walk away from the lecture hall. Cheeks tinged with pink after you realize that you were left alone with one of the hottest men in the campus.
Yuta watches you run off and he couldn't help but smile to himself.
“God, I might fuck her.”
pairing: f!reader x alpha!haechan
genre/warnings: a/b/o au, smut, reader is a human, somnophilia, spitting, f oral receiving, fingering, unprotected sex, nipple play, slapping, mating press position, reader leaving scratch marks on his back, multiple orgasms, cumming inside, morning after pill
word count: 3.6k
summary: maybe showing up unannounced at your best friend’s apartment during his rut wasn’t one of the best ideas. or maybe it was.
author’s note: first haechan fic, not entirely proof read. have fun reading though! 💜
You are met with a strong musky scent as you step into Haechan’s apartment. It smells like him but the boy is nowhere in sight. Closing the door behind yourself, you walk further into the hallway, your eyes wandering over into the kitchen. It’s a slight mess, unwashed dishes piled in the sink and various food wrappers laying on his counter, his apartment always is but before you can call out his name, he comes staggering out of his room.
“What are you doing here?” He asks, his tone half breathless and half annoyed. Haechan stands in front of his bedroom door, in a pair of grey shorts and a white shirt hanging loose on his body. He’s face looks hot, a hint of pink settled across his cheeks and his hair is messy. He’s been in bed most of his day, preoccupied with other stuff since he wasn’t expecting any visitors today.
You notice how the scent lingering out around his apartment is suddenly stronger with his presence and it’s overwhelming. In a good way and you take a moment to just breathe it in. Your body and mind suddenly feel slightly fuzzy from the scent alone, before you open your mouth to give a reply. “Came to see you-”
“Why?” He frowns, his voice laced with an unpleasant tone but you try not to let your mind dwell too much on the words that fall from his lips next. “You’re not supposed to be here.”
You let out a light chuckle, albeit a rather nervous one before opening your mouth once again. “Why?”
“I’m,” He pauses for a small moment, his knuckles going pale as he tightens his fists. “I’m in a rut.”
That would explain the musky scent within the apartment.
“I’ve taken my suppressants,” Haechan tenses his jaw before continuing. “So I’m okay for now… but you should still…”
‘Leave?’ You complete his sentence without saying a word. Haechan’s rut came every three months and lasted around a week, but during that week he would avoid you at nearly all costs. You don't know why, it’s not like your scent drove him wild but never questioned him about it.
“Oh, Haechan, it’s not like you’re going to pounce on me.” You speak in a joking tone but Haechan doesn’t find it funny.
‘If only you knew…’ Haechan thinks, still standing by his bedroom door and his gaze is rather intimidating.
You swallow, an anxious feeling bubbles in your stomach as you carefully choose your words. “Do you… do you need me to get you anything?”
“No, I’m fine.” Haechan grits his teeth as he lies, body beginning to feel hot again and he thinks the effect of his rut suppressants are wearing off which isn’t good.
“I could…” Haechan watches you bite your lower lip in between your words. “I could help, you know? I don’t mind helping you with… it. Your rut I mean-”
“Don’t think about starting something you can’t finish.”
Haechan can’t believe you’ve managed to convince him, or maybe he was thinking more with his dick than his brain but you’re currently laying in his bed. You’ve fallen asleep trying to understand what he meant by ‘not starting something that you couldn’t finish’.
Though, Haechan is still awake. His shirt is lying on the floor of his bedroom as he stares at the blank ceiling. He’s too hot to fall asleep, literally. Even with his shirt off and the air conditioning on, it’s just too hot. On top of that, his suppressants are in the kitchen and he cannot find the energy to go get them so he finds himself turning to you.
“___?” He shakes your shoulder over his duvet that you’ve wrapped yourself in. Haechan knows your heavier sleeper so he decides to shake your shoulder a little harder, raising his voice and moving onto one elbow as he repeats your name but it’s no use. You don’t even move an inch under the covers.
Haechan let’s his head fall back on the duvet before he rolls over to his other side. He’s about to get up when he gets an idea.
What if he knots you instead of taking another suppressant? They weren’t all that good for ruts and after all, you wanted to help, right?
Haechan moves back to face you, pushing off his duvet from your body as he moves you around and into a position that allowed him to comfortably kneel in between your legs. Your thighs rest on either side of his own, his cold fingers coming up to hook around the cotton fabric of your underwear and as he pulls them down your legs, his cock throbbing within his shorts.
You’d taken off your jeans before getting into bed earlier and Haechan watched you with a certain look in his eyes. He was looking down at you with that same certain look once again. His mind racing all over the place as he removed your underwear and he doesn’t remember having this many filthy thoughts about one person.
He leaves the item of clothing around one of your ankles, he’s too impatient to remove them fully and then pushes down his own shorts. His cock springs free from the confining grey fabric and it’s slightly swollen at the base. He wraps his fingers around the length, jerking it a couple of times before he leans forward to rub the tip across your slit.
Haechan doesn’t realise that he’s been holding in a breath, only letting it go when he spits over your hole and then moving his face dangerously close to your heat as he darts out his tongue. Flicking it over your clit as he maintained his eyes on your face to see if you would respond in any way but you don’t.
He moves his face close, burying his tongue into your hole and wrapping his arms around your thighs. The tip of his cock grinding against his bedsheets as he moves his tongue inside of you, his nose brushing against your clit. With his eyes closed now, he focuses solely on the way his tongue moves around inside of you and over your clit, all the while he subconsciously humps the mattress.
Fingers digging into the skin of your thighs as he began sucking your clit and his eyes are back on you. A light sigh falls from your parted lips and Haechan momentarily stops, raising his head as he fingers toyed with your wet hole. He dips two of his fingers in, perched on both his elbows and watching your face as he moves his digits inside of you.
Raising your hips ever so slightly, you allow him to slide his finger even further inside of you as you remain fast asleep and Haechan finds this whole thing rather amusing. Then a small moan falls from your lips and your walls are clenching around his digits, planting a smirk on his face.
Haechan picks up the pace of his fingers, thumb drawing fast circles over your clit as his digits scissor and curl up, searching for the sweet spot but also stretching you out just for himself. Soon, you’re edging closer to your climax and Haechan pins down your thigh as he moves his fingers even deeper. The tip of his middle finger brushing over that sweet spot and your walls begin convulsing around him at a rapid pace. Gasping, your back arches off the bed and Haechan’s lips part as he watches you closely.
Were you orgasming in your sleep?!
He’s still got his digits inside of you when your eyes flutter open, body and face feeling hot as your eyes meet Haechan’s.
“Did you cum?” He asks, a surprised look painting his face and you’re still half asleep, tongue feeling dry when you answer him.
“I think… I think I did.”
“Does that hurt?” You are staring at the swollen part of Haechan’s cock as he aligns himself to your hole. You know it’s rude to stare but you can’t help it, the sight is strange and foreign to you but you suspect that Haechan is used to dealing with this at least four times a year.
“Sometimes…” Haechan pushes the tip in and you’re already clenching. “If I can’t cum…but you’re gonna help me right?” He tilts your head back by your chin, making you look at the smirk on his face rather than his cock, as he eased his length inside of you.
“Yea- Yes!” You breath out, grabbing onto one his arms, nails digging into his skin and Haechan curses under his breath, watching half of his length sink into you.
When he finally thrusts the whole of his length inside of you, he stays there, splitting you in half with his length and your walls squeeze around his cock. You can feel the swell present at the base of his cock against your entrance and the thought of Haechan pushing that part of his dick into you has your eyes rolling back. It was so big-
“Gonna move now.” Haechan warns and your eyes shoot open, looking at him. Your walls clench around his length and he reminds you to relax. You try your best to but when he pulls out, only to thrust right back inside of you and fill you right up, you cry out his name. Haechan’s knot hits your entrance with each and every thrust but as he continues, you manage to adjust to the odd feeling.
“Hae-Haechan…” You moan his name, your breathing uneven as you listen to the rhythmic noise of the headboard hitting the wall as he pounded into you. “The…the-”
“Shut up.” He speaks through gritted teeth, the veins on the side of his neck becoming visible and if words wouldn’t work, he presses his lips to yours, truly shutting you up. You don’t hesitate to kiss him back, letting his tongue slide past her lips as he took control, he knew what he was doing after all. Hands slipping under your top, pushing it up as he toyed with your nipple.
When he pinches it, you yelp into his mouth and push his hand away. “You’re mean.” You complain in between staggering breaths as you give him a frown and Haechan laughs at your facial expression.
“Yeah?” He raises an eyebrow, hand moving down to squeeze your thigh before giving it a harsh slap and you whimper. “It’s true though, I am mean.” Haechan resumed thrusting in and out of you, not giving a single care about the way his headboard banged against the wall.
Haechan pulls your thighs closer to his waist, moving into the mating press position. Being in a rut meant he had this intense desire to breed and that’s exactly what his hormones have been screaming at him to do but he had to prepare you first. If only you were an omega, that produced a ridiculous amount of slick so you didn’t require foreplay…
Haechan rearranges your arms around his neck, moving his own around your shoulders and sliding his length back into you. His thrusts are aggressive as he’s slapping his hips into you at an animalistic pace and you can feel the build up of an orgasm in your stomach, a fiery knot just waiting to snap. Haechan’s tip brushes over that spot with each thrust and you are writhing underneath him, whining, crying, your nails digging into his back harshly, enough to leave marks but he doesn’t care. They’ll heal and it’s not like he has to hide them from anyone.
His thrusts start to slow down as the base of his cock swells even more, grunting as his breathing becomes irregular and you’re growing concerned. How big was it supposed to get?! He finds himself cumming, grabbing your hips so he could push his dick even deeper into you and trigger your own orgasm in the process.
If you weren’t sure you had cum before, you definitely were sure now. The feeling washing over you in waves and it only intensifies when his knot swells up completely. Partly inside of you as Haechan thrusts into you a few more times but soon it’s too big to even move at all, stretching your hole to it’s limit. So Haechan stays idle, the sole purpose of his knot to prevent his load from spilling out of you and Haechan plants both his palms on either side of you to keep himself steady as he looks down at your dishevelled figure.
You have got your eyes half closed, panting and Haechan doesn’t know why, since he’d been the one doing all the work but he chooses not to say anything. Leaving you to bask in your post-orgasmic bliss with his knot stuffed inside your hole.
It truly feels amazing, your walls squeezing around his cock as he stays still and Haechan asks himself why he hadn’t done this earlier, why hadn’t he asked you to help him? All those times he could’ve been emptying his load inside of you, yet he chose to take matters into his own hands. But at least now he’s got you to relieve his rut and he’s so glad you showed up at his apartment, unannounced.
“Are you going to move soon or…?” You speak up awhile later, breathing returning to the same it was before and Haechan blinks.
“Oh,” Haechan presses his lips together, unsure of how to tell you. “I can’t do that.”
“What? Why?” Your browns knit in confusion. Did he not want to?
Haechan attempts to pull out but the knot stops him from doing so. It’s too big and it hurts you more than him when he attempts to move out of you, making you pull him back by wrapping your legs around his waist. “So it’s just… supposed to stay like that? How long for?”
“A few hours.” Haechan shrugs, the sarcasm in his tone going unnoticed by you and the panicked look you have in your eyes makes him chuckle. “I’m joking, dumbie.” He brings his head to the crook of your neck, pressing his lips to your neck. “An hour tops.” He mumbles, tongue licking up the area he kissed and to just below your ear.
You shiver, walls closing around his cock and knot as he kisses alongside your jaw line. “An hour?” You repeat, tone all whine and Haechan plants both his palms on the pillow you have your head resting on.
“Or 30 minutes at least.”
You hum, body relaxing as you close your eyes. You push down your top and Haechan comments on that, lips curling up into a smirk as he speaks.
“I’ve just made you orgasm twice. Once with my fingers and then with my dick,” Grinding his pelvis against your clit, making you mewl. “And you’re worried about me seeing a bit of boob?”
“Not really…I just-”
Though, you really don’t know why.
Perhaps it was the way he was looking at you, a lazy smirk painted on his face as he spoke or the fact that the base of his cock was swollen inside of you, and he was towering over you as he kept his release in you.
Haechan keeps you well distracted. Kissing various areas of your neck, watching your face contour in pleasure keeps him entertained too, that you don’t even realise his knot has returned to the size, allowing him to pull out without hurting you and when he does, his release oozes out of you. Leaking onto the bed sheets below yourself due to the sheer quantity or it and Haechan decides it’s best to finger it right back into you, where it belonged.
“Wouldn’t want any going to waste, right?”
Having fallen asleep after your third climax, you’re awake once again but this time Haechan’s fingers aren’t inside of you. He’s got them resting against your bare hips, face buried into your shoulder and you carefully move his arm away.
The search for your panties is shorts, they’re settled around your ankle and you crawl off the bed before sliding them back on. You’re happy to not have to be looking for them within the dark room with a bare ass and your eyes wander over to Haechan’s figure as he sits up.
“Where ya going?” He mumbles, rubbing the sleep in his eyes. “Morning after pill.” You answer, reaching for your jeans but Haechan seems to have you covered.
“There should be one in the second cupboard in the kitchen.” His words are slurred and he drops his head back into his pillow straight after.
Moving slowly towards his bedroom door, you open it, the comfortable heat of the apartment welcoming you warmly, your jeans left on the edge of his bed. Haechan had fully turned up the air conditioning and you had been too exhausted to pull his duvet back over your body.
In the kitchen, you search every cupboard not exactly sure which second cupboard he meant and a while later, Haechan emerges from his room. A white hoodie hugging his shoulders, the hood pulled up over his hair and his hands shoved in the pocket. He’s grabbed another pair of shorts, black ones this time. “Can’t find it?”
Shaking your head, you watch Haechan walk up to the second cupboard from the entrance of the kitchen, open it and then place down a box on the marble countertop. You don’t ask him why he has them, grateful you didn’t have to make an early trip with wobbly legs to go buy a pill.
You open the box, popping out the pill into your palm and Haechan grabs a glass, filling it up with water. Waiting until he fills it up completely before reaching out a hand but he drinks from it first before turning to you. You’d kissed him already so sharing a glass didn’t seem out of the question but what he does with the mouthful of water in his mouth, is.
His hand wraps around your jaw, your lips parting just enough for him to bring his own closer to, to spit the water into your mouth. You’re surprised by the action, eyes wide as you swallow without a second thought, unsure if he had another pill laying around if you let the one on your tongue fall on the floor.
A few drops of water drip down your chin and you whip them away with the back of your hand, gaze on Haechan.
“What?” He looks at you, smiling as he sips from the glass in his hand.
“No-nothing...” Voice a pitch higher than usual, making him laugh and you change the subject quickly. “Breakfast?”
“Sure…” Haechan has the same look in his eyes he did when he had you caged between his arms on his bed and you feel yourself clenching around nothing. Hoping not to soak the panties you were wearing as Haechan edged closer to your figure.
The marble of the kitchen island feels cool against your stomach as Haechan hammers into your hole. Arm hooked around your shoulders, hips aggressively thrusting up into you, reminding you how truly mean Haechan was. Watching you struggle to grip onto the expensive material as you inched closer to your orgasm and broken moans falling from your lips. Underwear ruined and resting around both ankles on the floor, body shaking with each pounding he gave you.
This feels right.
“Take it.” Haechan grunts, the filthy sound of skin slapping against skin accompanying your trembling moans and whimpers. “Take it all.” His voice falling deeper, sending shivers down your spine as your thighs began to give in. You attempt to weakly grip onto the edge of the marble, laying more of your upper torso against the cold stone.
The build up of another climax becomes more intense and Haechan’s knot begins to swell up once again too. He groans when you press your thigh together, squeezing his knot even more tightly as he slamming his hips into you and it was only in a matter of moments that your legs gave in, falling to the kitchen floor on your knees.
Haechan doesn’t stop though. Following your body as he continued to thrust into you at an insane pace, like an animal. His desire to breed unbearably high and he lets go of your shoulders, pulling down your hand that remained on the edge of the marble. All whilst maintaining his thrusts.
You feel a hand grip onto your hips after tugging the panties off your ankles just so he could push apart your legs to ram his cock into you deeper. His hand comes around to rub circles with three digits over your clit and when he does, your walls squeeze his length.
This being the final push for your orgasm to completely wash over you. “Haechan, Haechan, I’m-” You cry out, face leaning down to rest your cheek against the cold floor as he continues his movements until he can’t.
But nothing stops his hands, not even the expanded base of his cock acting like a plug yet again, keeping his cum inside of you and your second orgasm soon follows. Body trembling at the pleasure washing over you and Haechan grabs the material of your top. Using it as a way for him to pull you back, until every bit of his knot rested inside of you and he didn’t care if your shirt ripped.
You scream, eyes rolling back and it doesn’t help when he begins slapping your clit, making your jerk under him. Shirt freeing from his grasp and soon you’re laying against the kitchen floor. Twitching with his cock and knot inside of you. Haechan’s body is pressed against yours, panting as he squeezes your hip with one hand when your walls convulse his cock too harshly. He can’t pull out and you know it, laying under him as you feel the onset of another orgasm.
Is this what he meant by ‘not starting something that you couldn’t finish’?
taglist: @madncity @jaesspresso @raejaety @jaehyunscumslut @fullsunluvr @iheartjaemin @markthemapleleaf @count-your-shadows @seungjiseyo
PAIRING | lee haechan x reader
SYNOPSIS | a quick encounter in the library leads to a broken heart?
WC | 1.595k
GENRE | college au!, smut, academic enemies to lovers (barely)
WARNINGS | cursing, exhibitionism, fucking in a library, hyuck being mean and teasing, hyuck being a dick kinda, hyuck being blunt, unprotected sex, slapping.
AUTHOR | sam <3
A.N | i have no idea what this is lmao i'm high
Books line the shelves, a thick layer of dust covering the spines – which disappears as you trail your finger against them. These books haven’t seen the light of day since they were published, but nonetheless here you stand, searching for one in particular.
“Where is this damn book.” You grumble underneath your breath, eyes scanning the half-faded titles.
“You mean this one?”
A dark-haired boy stands off to your left, having seemed to materialize out of thin air. The book you had been searching for all afternoon is thrust away from his body, held tauntingly only inches away from you. You swipe a hand at him in attempt to snatch it away, but he draws his hand back faster and tucks the book under his arm.
He clicks his tongue at you, “This is the only one down here.”
Your hand itches to swing at him again, but this time at his face. “Then give it here.”
“I’m in the class too Y/N. I need it as much as you do.” He gives fake puppy dog eyes and sticks out his lower lip.
Maybe you should split it. Hit him and run? Afterall, there weren’t any cameras down here in the lower level of the library and the satisfaction you would get from seeing him doubled over in pain far outweighed the potential threat of him running after you.
You’re tightening your fist, getting ready to swing when his eyes glance down and catch you.
“What? You’re gonna hit me sweetheart? Over a book?” Slowly, he stalks towards you, trapping you between the shelves and his body.
The book underneath his arm is tossed onto the ledge of one of the nearby shelves so that his arms can come up to rest on either side of you. “Do it,” he taunts, “Hit me.” His voice trails off in a whisper, sending shivers down your spine and making you involuntarily close your eyes.
He moves his lips so that they’re brushing your ear as he speaks, “Come on Y/N” He sneers, “Hit me. I promise I can take it.”
You’re about to shove him off, tell him to go to hell, and take the book, but he grabs your wrist, making your eyes snap open in shock. He brings your palm up and taps his cheek lightly with it, “Use your pretty little hand and slap me. I know you want to.”
A smirk covers your face as you draw back your hand, out of his grasp, and deliver a harsh smack to the same cheek. His head whips around, hair falling into his eyes, and he chuckles.
“Oh baby, I’ve missed you.” He growls, turning to face you once again, this time with a much redder cheek.
You narrow your eyebrows, “Fuck off Haechan, I don’t like you.”
It would have been a convincing line if your voice hadn’t wobbled in the middle of it. But who was kidding? You may hate him in public but in private you were completely taken by his charm. Like right now, you could feel the stickiness sliding down your thighs, evidence that your body, at least, liked him.
“Hm,” he hums quietly, “You don’t like me? You sure about that?” One of his hands drops down from where it was beside you and dips underneath your skirt, “Cause it sure as hell feels like you do.”
He brings two fingers up in front of your face, which can’t help but grow hot. Your slick coated both of them, a bit running down his wrist.
“It seems like you really fucking like me.” You shift against the shelf, part of it digging into your back, “There’s no need to lie sweetheart.”
Your face and neck are flushed, burning with embarrassment at the situation, “Shut up.”
A dark glint shimmers in his eyes, “Make me.”
That was your cue. It was always your cue.
Your hands reach out to grab the front of his shirt and pull him closer, lips meeting. He tasted like peppermint and the same cologne that he wore every time you saw him – it was intoxicating. The thin cotton shirt he was wearing provided no barrier between your fingers and the hard outline of his muscles, and it drove you mad.
“Fuck me.” You breathe against him.
He doesn’t stop kissing you, instead, moving to your jaw, and then your neck and finally the base of your throat, “We can go back to my dorm –“
“No.” You start, too desperate to walk across campus, “Right here.”
He pulls back and looks you in the eye, “Here?”
For the first time ever, you see a hint of nervousness flit across his face.
“Here” You whine, pulling him by his shirt so that he was only a few centimeters away from you.
He glances around the aisle for a second and after seeing no one, nods his head, “You better be glad that I’m fucking hard as shit, or else this wouldn’t be happening. I can’t get in trouble again.”
“Please, I need you in me.” You whisper, pulling the same puppy dog eyes he had earlier.
“God your hot.” He groans, unzipping his pants and pulling himself out of his jeans. For a second you wonder how exactly you were going to do this, but Haechan apparently already knew as he had you in his arms, legs slung around his waist in seconds.
“Just- Fuck, I gotta adjust so that you’re- hold on, shit-.” Slowly he slides his length into you.
A breath of relief passes your lips and Haechan smiles up at you, “Feel good?”
You nod your head as much as the position would allow, too focused on the feeling to speak.
“Good.” He says firmly.
His arms grip the underside of your thighs as he drives himself deeper into you, bouncing you up and down on his cock. The pleasure was almost too much for you to bear. You wanted to moan, tell him how fucking good he felt, but you couldn’t.
Almost as if he was reading your mind, his hand reaches up to cover your mouth, “Shh, baby, we’re in a library.”
You whimper against his hand, involuntarily making his eyes close. He could only stay like that a second, but soon enough he was fucking into you deeper, the sound of skin slapping against skin a little too loud for where you guys were.
The shelf he had you pressed against was shaking, a few books falling off of it and into the next aisle.
Small, breathy moans escape him, no matter how hard he tried to hold them back. Biting his lip didn’t help so he falls forward and captures yours, stifling the loud noise that bubbled up in his throat.
Your arms shoot out to grasp the shelfs ledge so that he wasn’t holding up your full weight.
“Please.” You whisper,
“Please what? I’m already fucking you sweetheart.” He whispers back. “Still don’t like me?”
For a second your mind clears enough to come up with an insult to bite back at him with, but you don’t say it. It wouldn’t be true, cause if it were you wouldn’t be taking his cock right now.
“Yeah, I fucking hate you.” You moan instead, head falling back against the shelf as he slows his strokes to a complete stop.
“Hate me? I can feel you clenching around my cock right now. And you wanna say you hate me?” he quirks an eyebrow.
You squirm in his arms, not able to move much, “I didn’t mean it like that.”
“I’m sure” He spits. Pulling out of you completely and setting you down.
You stumble against him; legs almost completely numb from where his hands were cutting off circulation.
“Why’d-why’d you stop?” you whine, gripping the shelf for support.
He fixes himself and zips up his jeans, running a hand through his hair that was sticking in every direction thanks to you, “Because if you hate me then we shouldn’t fuck, right?”
You’re confused as to why he was getting so upset over banter.
It was just banter, right?
“I was just kidding?” You argue, brows furrowed.
“I’m sure you were.” His eyes are cold, no longer clouded in lust like before, “You can have the book. I already finished the assignment.” He nods his head in the direction of the book, which had been on the shelf but now laid splayed out on the floor.
“Are you being serious?” You ask, voice raised a little more than it should have been.
A disbelieving laugh leaves him, “Yeah I’m serious Y/N. You have my number you can text me.”
And with that he leaves you there, gripping the shelf, shock leaving you too stunned to speak.
(9:52 pm) You: why'd you get mad?
(10:03 pm) Haechan: you said you hated me
(10:03 pm) You: you know i didn't mean it
(10:11 pm) Haechan: ik
(10:12 pm) You: okay then????
(10:14 pm) Haechan: rubbed me the wrong way ig
(10:15 pm) You: do you wanna talk about it?
(10:17 pm) Haechan: not really
(10:18 pm) You: okay....
(10:19 pm) Haechan: i like you
(10:20 pm) You: um
(10:21 pm) You: like fr?
(10:21 pm) Haechan: yeah
(10:22 pm) You: i like you too, i think
(10:23 pm) Haechan: you think?
(10:24 pm) You: if you weren't so mean to me...
(10:24 pm) Haechan: it's how i show affection.
(10:24 pm) Haechan: come over so i can eat you out. and ig we can talk about it too
(10:25 pm) You: omw
Jealousy, Jealousy -l.Mark
Pairings: Boyfriend! Mark x fem reader
Warnings: Jealousy, dirty talks, mark gets horny when he’s mad, dom! Mark, moaning, teasing, orgasms, hair pulling, language, fluff, mark always is a fluff.
Word Count: 1.6k
Summary: Your boyfriend, Mark, doesn’t like it when his friends tease him about you and Jaehyun talking to each other. Knowing that Jaehyun is your NCT bias, Mark is always jealous of him. And when he’s jealous, he gets horny.
It’s been a year since you started dating Mark. You’ve been there for him through everything. You love him. You know he loves you and there’s not a day that goes by he doesn’t tell you he loves you.
Your brother, Doyoung brings you over sometimes to their dance practices or just to hang out. That’s how you met Mark.
Doyoung was against it at first but he know it's his protective side coming out. But then he found out it was Mark he eventually let the two of you date.
It was Halloween time, you and Mark decide to go as Wanda and Vision. That one Halloween episode.
This year's Halloween party they’re doing it at a club. Not those stripper types of club, the sophisticated ones for expensive company dinner.
“You look great, stop worrying” Mark stops you from fixing your outfit.
“I’m trying to, they better appreciate my costume, it took me a whole month to get it together” You hiss. Mark pulls you into his arm.
“You’re so cute,” he said. You wrap your arms around his torso. “I love you” you smile.
Mark leans in for a kiss. The two of you pull away and enter the venue. You look around to see if you can tell who’s who. Mark laughs as he looks at his friend's costumes.
“You guys would go as a couple of costumes” Donghyuck who dressed as a vampire with blood running down his lips.
“Hey, at least we didn’t go basic like you” You deadpanned. Mark laughs. Donghyuck lifts his hands to punch you, you did the same.
“Y/n!” You heard your brother's voice said from your side. Your brother dressed as shanks.
“Wow, if you had that beard, you wouldn’t look too bad” you lean in to see the pencil mark.
“I’m Doyoung, I look good in anything” he smirks. “You look cute though, you fix your costume well. What did mom say?” He asks.
“She said it’s too revealing but you know how she is” you shrug. Your brother nodded.
You and Mark got separated soon after, he went to greet his friends as you were being pulled to take pictures from the 00’ liners.
“Wow Jeno, you look like the detectives” you check him out. He took off his squid game mask, showing you his crescent moon eye smile.
“You think so?” He giggles. You nodded, “he dies though” you deadpanned. He stops smiling.
“You’re not funny at all, that’s why your Vision died because you took too long to make a decision” he backfired. The two of you glare at each other and give ear other high fives.
Jaemin joins the two of you, wearing the same costume as Jeno but his mask is a square. “Jaemin, you look like the detective,” you said the same thing as you did to Jeno.
“Really?” Jaemin asks. You nodded. Then, the whole 00’ liners came around you as you admire each of their costumes. They liked yours too.
After you all snap pictures together you went to find your boyfriend but you came across Jungwoo. “Bella! Where the hell you’ve been loca” you ran up to him. Jungwoo chuckle as he tries to stay in Bella’s character.
“Jacob,” he tucks his long wig behind his ear. You both started laughing together.
“Well if it isn’t the Scarlett witch,” Jaehyun said as he stand behind you. You turn around to see he was a vampire? A Dracula? His lips were dark plum which suits his skin color.
“Jaehyun” you breathe out. Jaehyun handed you a drink, which you gladly take it.
“I love your costume, look at that headpiece did you make it?” He asks, touching it.
You nodded, “using my 3D printer,” you said excitedly.
“Wow you look like Wanda in my eyes” he admire your costume but he was mainly checking you out.
“Yo Mark!” Donghyuck calls out Mark’s name. Mark turn around and head over to Donghyuck. “Check it out, y/n and her favorite NCT bias. Oh look, they’re flirting too” Donghyuck gasp as he glance at Mark who was staring at the two of you laughing together.
“Damn brother, At this rate, Jaehyun is going to steal her away from you” Jeno added as he join the two of them, looking at you.
Everyone in NCT knows that Jaehyun is your bias in NCT. Yes, your boyfriend is Mark but you know Jaehyun has that aura that makes you feel turned on by him.
He’s handsome for Pete’s sake. Mark, on the other hand, he doesn’t like that. He would always get jealous whenever the two of you talk. Especially when Dream teases him about you and Jaehyun being together. It makes his blood boils.
Mark takes a sip of the juice and shoves it to Donghyuck’s chest. He gladly takes it. Mark made his way to where you were standing.
“Mark! I’ve been looking for you!” Your eyes lit up when you see your boyfriend. Jaehyun hugged Mark.
“I see Wanda has found her Vision” Jaehyun laughs. “I’ll leave you two” he left the two of you alone.
“How much you want to bet, Mark is going to take her out?” Donghyuck whispers into Jeno’s ear. The two of them observe Mark’s behavior around you.
“I bet he’s going to throw a fit right there,” Jeno says. The two of them fist bump and watch them.
“Mark, I know what you’re going to say” you stop him before he could even get a word out.
“Mark I love you, there’s no reason for me to stay with Jaehyun. He’s like a best friend” you tried to reassure him. Mark sigh, he hates it when he gets jealous. Jealousy always consumes him.
“You’re making me so crazy right now, you’re so fucking cute” Mark curses as he closes the gap between the two of you. You peep down at his thin shorts. The tights didn’t do him justice, you can see his prints.
“You want to get out of here?” You smirk. Mark didn’t hesitate, he grabbed your wrist and led you out of the party.
“Yes!” Donghyuck rubs his hands together. Jeno pulls out 5 bucks from his jumpsuits.
“You think they’re going to go to the bathroom?” Jeno asks. Donghyuck narrows his eyes, “doubt it, Mark is a gentleman he’ll take her to the hotel upstairs.”
He was right.
As soon as you close the door, Mark picks you up and slams his lips onto yours. You wrap your legs around his torso as you deepen the kiss.
“Fuck I love you, Mark,” you said against his lips.
“I fucking love you too sexy” that’s a nickname he’s given to you. It’s becoming your favorite everything you both get aroused.
As the two of you made it to the bed, you both take begin rushing to take off each other’s costumes.
“Mark help” you laugh as you couldn’t get the bathing suit strap to untie so it was stuck on your head. Mark chuckles and helped you out.
After the two of you got naked, Mark got on top of you. “Do you want me to suck you?” You ask. Mark thought about it but he shook his head no.
“I’m starting to think you’ll hate it if you keep doing it back to back” he jokes. You did give him head last night.
“For you, I would never” you squeeze his cheek.
“Plus, I don’t want the boys to assume we left to do this. And your brother is downstairs, I don’t want to be questioned by him later” Mark explains. You agreed.
“Why are you cute, Mark Lee?” You admire your adorable boyfriend. He licks his hand to wet his dick.
“Because I’m your boyfriend” he leans in to kiss your lips and insert his dick inside of you. You moan into his lips from the pleasure.
“Right? I am your boyfriend” Mark demands you to answer him. You nodded, you love it when Mark's possessive side takes over. You also like to poke the tiger a few times.
“Hmm, I don’t know,” you moan as he thrusts into you. “I might want Jaehyun” you tease him.
Mark growls, he moves his hands to your throat and begins to choke you. You hold on to his hands as he picks up his face.
“Fuck,” you gasp for air. Mark loosens his grip, “you’re so fucking hot when you’re mad” You purr.
Mark flips the two of you over as he makes you look at the window, which wasn’t covered this whole time. You could see the reflection of the two of you.
Mark spread your legs further apart and hold your arms behind your back. “Look at how you good you look” He makes you look at your reflection.
“I love seeing you behind me Mark, you look so fucking hot” you bit your lips. Mark pulls your hair, making you lean back against his sweaty body. You look up at mark as his hand play with your clit.
“Say you love me” he demand.
You moan as your cunt begin to fill with pressure, “I fucking love you Mark” you cried. Mark leans down to kiss your lips.
Mark’s pace begins to get sloppy as you tighten your walls from the sensation. “Are we going to come baby?” You moan. Mark breathes out and nods. You nodded with him as he give you another rub over your clit and the two of you came together.
Mark stops his hand and holds your body before you fall on the bed. “Did I hurt you when I pulled your hair” he breathed heavily.
You let out a tired chuckle, “No baby, you did great.” Mark leans down for a kiss. You closed your eyes as you felt his lips press against yours for a passionate kiss.
“I love you” you whispered.
“To the moon?” Mark asks. You cringe, “You so cringe,” you cover your face.
Mark laughs and shakes your body, “say it back!” He laughs.
“And back,” you said. You take his hand and kiss it. Mark hugs you from behind, kissing your shoulder up your neck.
Cheater | 18+
☆ Pairing: Jaehyun x Female reader x Mark
☆ Genre: smut
☆ Word count: 5.3 K
☆ Warnings: Dom!Jaehyun, cheating obviously (don't be a piece of shit and stay loyal to your s/o), fingering, oral sex (f receiving), unprotected sex (again, don't do this at home or pretty much anywhere), cursing, dirty talk, I don't remember what else.
☆ Prompt: What should've been just a simple visit to your boyfriend, turned into a night of filthy pleasure with his friend when you both notice that you were alone at the dorm, again.
☆ A/n: So... this is my second writing and I hope you like it as much as I do. Feel free to leave feedback, requests, suggestions for upcoming posts, questions, like, reblog, etc. Thanks in advance for your support. Let me know if you want a second part and if you want to be in the tag list.
You turned the key in the lock, pushing the door back and stepping into the apartment. It was all so quiet and all the lights were off, so you assumed you were alone.
Mark would be back later tonight and you had promised to be at his dorm, waiting for him. Yuta, Jungwoo and Mark had a photoshoot and interview for a special edition of Dazed Korea.
The whole apartment was flooded with the distinctive scent of him. The scent of his expensive cologne, coffee and hormones.
You went to the living room and turned on the TV, switching it to a random channel, trying to distract yourself from the dirty thoughts that were running through your head. Your eyes were on the TV and you could hear the annoying voices coming from it, but you really weren’t watching it, you were thinking about Jaehyun. His cocky smile, his cute dimples, his bright eyes, huge hands and that perfect, delicious cock.
It’s not normal to be having those sorts of thoughts about your boyfriend’s friend, but neither was fucking him for 2 hours straight either.
You told yourself that it was a mistake. "I was so horny, Mark was gone again for work and Jaehyun was there, looking hot as fuck, dark and mysterious… as ever. Anyways, it's not gonna happen again, so we don't have to tell Mark or anyone else." Even so, deep down you couldn’t bring yourself to truly regret it.
It had almost been a week and you could still feel him between your legs. You could still feel his tongue tasting you, drinking you until your legs began to shake and he lifted his mouth from your pussy and gave you his crooked grin. His voice growling dirty nothings in your ear as he led you to your orgasm.
When you snapped out of the mental trance you were in, you realized your hand was cupping your heat, which was throbbing erratically against your palm. You jumped up from the couch and made your way down the hallway to Mark's bedroom. You really needed to stop getting yourself off thinking about Jaehyun… but not quite yet.
You slowed your pace to a tip-toe as you noticed a familiar body standing inside a room, you didn’t realize anyone was home. You could see Jaehyun’s bare feet on the wooden floor in his room. The black quilt, black pillow, even the towel wrapped around his waist was black; a sexy and mysterious color. It suited him perfectly.
You assumed he had just stepped out of the shower, from the sight of his wet body. A towel was tightly wrapped around his waist showing off his perfect torso, the deep V that teased you every time. His hair was wet and stuck to his forehead, droplets of water dripping from loose strands of hair onto the floor and as he shook his mop of hair, the water sprayed in all directions.
“Oh shit,” he muttered when he realized his mistake. You snorted at his carelessness and his eyes snapped up to see you, standing in the hallway in front of his slightly opened door, spying on his half-naked form.
He smiled lazily, his lips curved slightly making his dimples appear. He blinked slowly. He almost looked innocent, almost. Leaning against the doorframe, crossing his arms and legs as he rested his head against it. His torso seemed even more toned that way, his abs more prominent as his muscles strained to support his weight. You were convinced he was trying to kill you.
When you finally managed to tear your eyes away from his stunning body and glanced up, your eyes met and locked for the first time since that sinful night. It was like he was staring right into your core and your stomach fluttered.
”Hi,” he said softly.
”Hi,” you replied, quickly. There was an awkward silence as you chewed your lower lip and you leaned your arm against the wall, trying to act nonchalant. “So…what’s up?”
His mouth twitched as if he was trying not to laugh. “Not much, you?” Simple one-word answers, but somehow it managed to turn you on. Everything this goddamn man did, turned you on as fuck.
“Just waiting for Mark, what about you?”
This time, Jaehyun couldn’t hide the grin on his face. “You’ve…already asked that.”
You mentally swore at your stupidity. Of course, you’ve already asked him that, you dumbass! You hadn’t even noticed he had moved closer to you until you felt his hand upon your burning cheek.
“God, you’re so adorable when you’re embarrassed,” he whispered, eyeing your lips.
Of course, you couldn’t blame only yourself. He’d corrupted your mind with his charm, his good looks that made your stomach flip, his slow, deep and sexy voice like melting chocolate.
“I need to go,” You muttered quietly, but you didn’t move, and though he didn’t hold you physically, his eyes seemed to have a grip.
“No, you don’t,” he spoke carefully, ”Mark and the boys won’t be back for a few hours now.”
You felt his fingers dance across the line of your collar bones and then lower, over the curve of your breast. His lip was tucked beneath his teeth, his eyes still trained on you. He leaned close and pressed a gentle kiss to your lips, so gently he merely brushed them. He shook his head, a pained look in his eyes as he chuckled softly to himself.
“Mark doesn’t deserve you.”
You kept quiet, pursing your lips. Mark was a really nice guy, but sometimes you just couldn’t help feeling that he wasn’t right for you. He was kinda immature sometimes, well... almost all the time and you felt like you couldn't talk about serious stuff without him making some joke or laughing his ass out like it wasn't important, you didn’t think he did it on purpose, that's just the way Mark is. Not to mention that his sex drive was nothing compared to yours.
But once again, you seemed to forget about him as Jaehyun tilted your face towards him, his thumb running the width of your bottom lip and separating it from its twin. Everything he did was with such precision, such care. Even on that night, he was gentle, touching your face, kissing your lips, taking away the discomfort and awkwardness of being with him for the first time.
“I can’t stop thinking about you,” he whispered against your lips.
“Me neither,” you admitted shyly.
“Good… because I like you, a lot,” a smile was etched across his face, his eyes bright and dimples present. His gorgeous smile was contagious and before you knew it, you were grinning right back at him. Then his eyes darkened, and his face was serious. “I really need to kiss you,” he blurted out suddenly.
“Then kiss me.” He wasted no time, his lips on yours almost immediately.
Electricity. Fire. Heat. That’s all you felt as you kissed his gentle lips. His tongue molding perfectly with yours. He tasted sweet, like fresh fruit and you moaned in his mouth. His fingers held your hips tightly, flexing when you made a sound, it was like he was using them as an anchor to steady himself, to keep him from falling apart, to keep him from losing control.
You rocked your hips forward and he growled, throwing your arms over his broad shoulders and grabbing your thighs, bending them forward. He lifted you and you tightened your arms around his strong neck, wrapping your legs around his waist.
It was such a turn on that he was able to lift you so easily, that he didn’t cause your lips to depart once as he carried you back into his room and laid you onto his bed. It was only when you pulled back for breath that your lips were separated and you both were left panting hard.
“Jae, shit, no.” You murmured, knowing that wherever you were going, it wouldn’t lead to anything good.
You pushed at his body that was hovering above you but he didn’t budge and your hands lingered there when you felt the smoothness of his torso under your palms. The towel at his waist was falling low, a tiny trail of his pubic hair trailing from his navel into the towel. You just wanted to tear it off and fuck him like you’d never fucked anyone before, make him cum inside of you.
“Why are you so fucking hot?” You whispered, shaking your head in disbelief. He chuckled breathlessly, shaking his hair to the left of his face.
“I think I should be asking you, how the hell you’re so beautiful.”
Naturally, you snorted, burying your face in his shoulder. His thumbs curled beneath the soft material of your sweater and stroked the skin there, somewhat warily, experimentally.
“Is this okay?” His voice was gravelly, strained and when you looked up so was his face. A vein in his neck pulsing, eyes quickly darkening and jaw tensed. He wanted more of you, that much was clear but was unaware of where his boundaries lay. You smiled, guiding his hands higher until they rested on your breasts. His eyes fluttered closed and he sucked in a sharp breath.
He said your name. You liked the way your name sounded when he spoke it, how it rolled off his tongue. Slow, sensual, seductive. You moaned in response, pulling his fingers tighter over your breasts. His hands cupped them tightly, squeezing your flesh unexpectedly and you gasped.
“Let me fuck you this time.” His blunt words made your stomach clench and you just nodded giving him permission. Without another word, he took off your sweater from your hot skin, reaching for your bra and unclasping it expertly. Jaehyun groaned when the material fell from your chest and bent his head low.
“Jae, wai-” You were silenced when he looked up at you, placing a kiss on your left nipple.
You shivered from the feeling of his mouth and the lust in his eyes. He lingered there for a few moments, closing his eyes and holding it between his lips. He wasn’t licking or kissing, just letting his warm breath wash over it. It might sound quite basic, but you could feel your pussy wet in response to him.
He moved onto your right nipple, repeating his actions but this time blowing the air over it.
“Fuck!” You whimpered, your body jerking up involuntarily.
“You like that?” He grinned up at you, lifting his mouth from your sensitive body to let his thumb and forefinger play with your nubs. He knew you fucking liked that, he didn’t need to ask. You simply glared down at him and he chuckled.
“Alright, don’t shoot,” he muttered, raising his hands in surrender.
“Would you just shut up and undress me?” You grabbed his hands, placing them over the waist of your jeans. He smirked as he pushed the button back and pulled the zip down, removing the denim from your legs.
“Hmm. I do quite like it when you’re feisty.” Jaehyun brought his mouth down to your panties, pulling the fabric towards him, before letting it snap back against your skin. You hissed at the sting but relished it. You knew that pleasure was soon to come.
“I’m going to take off your panties now. Is that okay?”
You rolled your eyes. “Jaehyun, it was okay the first time, wasn’t it?” You snapped impatiently.
He seemed to be ignoring your hostility, grinning thoughtfully as if remembering something funny. “Little more than okay, don’t you think?”
He bent his head low again, running his nose over the length of the panties. A groan rumbled as it erupted from his chest and it tore through you sending shock waves from your head, right down to your pussy. You spasmed.
“Oh fuck, baby, I can smell you.” You could smell yourself too. The strong scent of arousal and lust gathered in your heat.
Suddenly, Jaehyun gave your slit a long lick through the lace, and then he took another, and another, tucking his arms under your thighs to bring you closer to him. The wet material being moved across your skin made the feeling even stronger and every now and then, his wet tongue would flick hard against a sensitive spot and make your body quiver.
“Jaehyun!” You screamed. You weren’t even sure if you were calling his name in protest or appreciation.
He ignored you, hooking his long fingers over the edge of your panties, and pulling it to the side. “Shit, it’s so fucking beautiful,” he breathed, running a finger over your slit.
He darted straight in, his mouth sucking your clit hard as he slowly slipped his fingers inside you. He was taking his time, obviously trying to test you. As expected, the slow burn was driving you insane, so you grabbed his wrist, pushing his fingers right to the hilt. He had frozen his tongue when you had held his wrist, and now he was staring up at you with complete disbelief and lust.
You had an urge to laugh at his startled expression but managed to suppress it as you cupped the back of his neck with your palm, urging his head back down between my legs, wanting his full attention on your clit again. “Don’t stop licking me, please.”
He blinked at you a few times before resuming his assault, flicking harder, curling his tongue up, and letting it’s warmth and wetness be absorbed by your clit. You had gripped his wrist tighter, pulling out before slamming his fingers back in. You wriggled, pressing your lips together to muffle a wild moan.
“Don’t you dare hold back. I want to fucking hear you.” It was the first time you’d ever heard him speak like that, his tone almost always gentle and soft when he spoke to you, but that sentence was coated in authority. It was a command.
“Tell me how you want my hands.”
“S-spread your fingers out… oh fuck.” His fingers spread wide out, stretching your inner walls before curving them even wider to stroke you firmly. Your walls clenched suddenly and Jaehyun’s fingers snapped back together.
Once again, he was surprised at how your body reacted to him and a throaty chuckle caught in his chest.
“Oh God… you dirty girl,” he whispered before curling his tongue to cup your clit and thrashing his tongue wildly against it. You guided his wrist faster, fucking yourself deep, right to his knuckle, while his tongue drilled against your clit.
“Curl up…yes, fuck, Jae.” You managed to cry.
He needed no guidance now, his fingers curling up and stroking your most sensitive spot without fail. “Like that?” He asked, teasing you.
Your whole body clenched hard and you were frozen. You couldn’t think or move, let alone speak.
“Oh baby, I wish you could see yourself right now. How fucking hot you look,”
Your back arched up and you clawed at his chest, desperate for something to hold onto.
Your orgasm was stirring up in your stomach and your eyes rolled up in the back of your head.
“your body contorted like this.”
You could feel it beginning to burn and your toes curled in anticipation. The pads of his fingers were barely moving back and forth, meaning he never strayed away from your g-spot.
You felt a gust of air suddenly and though your eyes were closed shut, you knew he had moved closer to you. His presence was too strong to go unnoticed.
“Cumming,” he murmured against the pulse in your neck.
“For me.” His words seemed to unravel you. You needed to come undone beneath him, because of him, for him.
“Jaehyun!” You screamed loud as your orgasm took over you completely.
You slapped both hands against his sculpted chest, nails digging into his skin. Managing to open your eyes to look at him, his eyes focused on you, a crease between his brow as he furrowed them, mouth twisted with desire.
“Don’t stop cumming, love.” How the hell would you stop cumming? Obviously not with those deadly fingers still working wonders inside you.
You were creating long pink scratches across his perfect creamy skin and it had to have hurt but he didn’t even flinch. He rode out your orgasm with you, his fingers curling and twisting just to get you wriggling.
His lips came down hard on you, a kiss you knew you’d feel for days. He pulled away, teeth bared as he bit his lip, looking at you in a way that had "I want to fucking destroy you" written all over it.
“Can you taste that? How sweet you are?” You sucked your lips, running your tongue over it, and gave a long groan, nodding fervently.
“I don’t think I’ve ever been so hard in my life,” he growled.
He’d lost the towel and his delicious cock was standing erect.
“Fuck,” you whispered. It did seem to be bigger than when you'd last been together and as you wrapped a tight fist around his base and pumped him to his tip, you knew he hadn’t lied about being so hard.
“It won’t bite, I promise.”
“You look a little scared,” the amusement in his voice had returned.
You glared at him. “No, I don't.” Intimidated, yes. Scared? I think not.
“Yes, you do.”
You pulled your hand away from his cock, frowning at him.
“Hey, listen,” he put two fingers under your chin, turning your head to face him. “We’ll take it slow, yeah?” He still sounded amused.
You shook your head in disbelief. You weren’t a virgin and of course, he knew it, so you didn’t need him to hold back. You wanted him to fuck you hard.
“No, don't take it slow,” You whined and sat up in front of him. “I want all of you. I want to feel you in the pit of my stomach.” He groaned, his eyes fluttering closed and you knew he was imagining your tight walls enveloping his cock.
“Remember how wet I was for you? How warm my pussy was? How tight I felt around your fingers?”
When he didn’t reply, you pressed your fingers to his sensitive tip, tugging softly. “Yes,” he hissed through his teeth, eyes still closed.
You leaned forward and whispered to his ear. “Fuck me, Jae.”
You dragged your teeth along the shell of his ear before sucking his lobe into your mouth and releasing it with a loud pop. He growled quietly.
“You do want it hard, don’t you?” He stared down at you with his jaw tense. You nodded, looking at him with innocent eyes from beneath your lashes. He slammed your hips back down on the bed, gripping them tightly and you squealed in surprise. He lined his erection up with your entrance and hooked both of your legs around his waist, bringing him closer.
“You ready?” he pressed the swollen tip of his cock to your clit and you shuddered.
“Fuck yes.” He slid himself in slowly, pausing halfway to throw his head back and moan. “You're so tight Y/N,” he breathed before sliding the rest, filling you to the hilt and stretching your walls.
Your breath caught sharply, your body tensed and then relaxed; you knew he was big, but it was a satisfying surprise to feel just how big. You could feel him everywhere, in every single spot of your dripping core, filling you so well. His dark eyes glowed mischievously as he grinned down at you and just when you thought he couldn’t get any deeper, he thrust up hard, the head of his cock smacking perfectly against your favorite spot and it just felt divine. “Oh my God!” you screamed.
“Bingo,” he murmured with a smirk of accomplishment on his perfect face.
He hit it with so much force that it raised your upper body from the bed, your hands immediately clutching at his biceps that were supporting his weight by your sides.
“Babe, you know,” he started to say before pulling out back to the tip, “now that I’ve found your…” paused as if he was in deep thought, though you could tell from his cocky smile and the dimples that had appeared that he wasn't, before drilling his dick back inside you, “let’s call it weakness, yeah?” he continued. “I won’t hesitate to tear you apart.” He said the last part quietly, a soft whisper against your ear that made you shiver, your walls clenching in excitement. “You’d fucking like that, wouldn’t you?”
Mark had hit it before, your past boyfriends had too, your own fingers had managed to get there, but it had never felt as amazing as when he did it. Your g-spot wasn’t your weakness. Jung Jaehyun was.
You nodded biting your lower lip, lifting your hips from the bed to roll them up to his and there was a twinkle in his eye. The next thing you knew, he was thrusting into you relentlessly.
An exceptionally hard thrust pushed your pelvis against the mattress and stripped you of air, your arms waving frantically for something to hold on to. Jaehyun didn’t stop and you probably would’ve killed him if he did, he just kept pounding into you, hitting your g-spot, sending you to heaven every time.
His dick bottoming out so deep you couldn’t even scream, your body just didn’t have enough air and it was coming out breathless screeches. Jaehyun held your face with one hand bringing his so close that his lips were about a millimeter away from yours. You watched him move up and down above you, his hot breath pouring into your mouth.
Your lungs finally seemed to respond at his command and you heaved in a deep breath of air from his mouth before letting the scream that had been trapped be ripped from your throat.
He was thrusting inside you faster, deeper, fueled by the delirious passion, that you felt your fingernails begin to claw at his biceps. His bed creaked under the weight of the two moving bodies.
“God, you feel so fucking good,” he grunted giving a particularly hard thrust and when you arched up, Jaehyun caught your breast with his mouth.
He sucked at your nipple, grazing it with the edge of his teeth, a deadly smirk on his lips. His hips slowed a bit, now focusing on your breasts. He worked your nipples like a pro sucking with hunger, rolling them around his mouth, pressing them between his lips, while his hips still rocked against you slowly, fucking you like it was a piece of cake to him.
It was hard to believe that a lovely boy with such a cute smile like his, could be that filthy and was fucking you like a maniac. You pressed your palm flat against his ass and your own hips up, gesturing that you needed more of his cock.
“Come on, baby.” He said grinning at you in a way that made you wanna melt in his arms, before biting down gently on your nipple, his eyes still trained on you.
“Jae, you’re gonna kill me with that goddamn mouth,” you warned with a shaky voice. Fuck, your whole body was shaking.
He hummed against the sensitive skin, kissing your other nipple softly and you groaned again.
“We wouldn’t want that now, would we?” he murmured softly, taking your hands from his arms, to intertwine them and pin them to the bed. He set a faster pace again and you could feel the pleasure building up to your core as he fucked you relentlessly.
“Shit, put your hand in-” you didn’t even have to finish the sentence before his thumb was pressed to your clit, rubbing it round in circles.
“Oh fuck,” you whimpered, holding his moving hand. You were seeing stars, your mind almost blank. “Gonna cum.”
He immediately rubbed your clit faster and his hips knocked harder against yours. “Yeah? You gonna scream for me?” He growled.
You nodded, dragging his face down urgently to kiss him. You could tell he was taken aback but he kissed you back regardless, holding your face tightly as if his life depended on it.
It was almost silent, apart from the slapping sounds of hot skin clashing, moans, and the heavy breathing that escaped from your mouths and then, your whole body tightened and your breath got caught again before you came undone with a loud cry of Jaehyun’s name.
A tsunami of bliss crashed over you, pleasure spilling out of your mouth in the form of his name as your orgasm racked your entire being. You couldn’t stop your body from clenching and convulsing, and you knew it was having an effect on him. His mouth fell slack and his hips paused briefly when your walls pulsed hard around him.
“GODDAMMIT!” he roared, throwing his head back and slapping a hand against the headboard, eyes closing shut. You tucked a hand behind his head, bringing his face down to look down at you in the eyes as you spoke.
“Cum inside of me, Jae. Fucking fill me." He blinked at you, looking kinda surprised at your words. "Don't worry, I'm on the pill.” and you kissed him hard again.
Those last ten seconds or so, you don’t think Jaehyun could’ve fucked you harder. You saw the way pleasure was flooding his eyes, the way they blinked heavily just to shoot open again and you knew he was about to lose his mind. He lost his steady rhythm in the heat of your kiss, and now his hips smacked messily and slightly painfully against yours. Then, he slowed down completely, letting his warm liquids pour into your cunt with the sexiest moans you've ever heard.
His body collapsed next to you when he was utterly exhausted and you both lay there, trying to catch your breath.
I don’t think either of you knew what to say. I mean, what do you say after you’ve just had amazing sex like that, especially in those circumstances?
“God, that was the best fuck I've ever had,” Jaehyun finally mumbled.
You kept quiet, trying too hard to comprehend your thoughts and what had just happened. You would’ve gotten out of bed if you weren’t so sure that you’d collapse, your legs felt weak and still trembling a little.
Jaehyun said your name, but you ignored him.
“Look at me.” He had moved, so he was now hovering above you. Just as you were about to turn away from his gaze, he held your cheek, turning you back to look at him.
“Hey, no. You're not doing me this again.”
You rolled your eyes. “Doing what again?”
“Just ignoring me, like I’m not even here!” he snapped back. You tried to wriggle out from beneath his body, but he held your hips firmly to the bed.
“No, you're gonna listen to me,” he commanded.
You huffed out a breath from your nose in frustration. “Go on, then.”
“Do you know how many times I’ve had to jack off during the course of 7 days because of you?”
You felt your face burn. It was odd to think that he thought of you when he touched himself because, in fact, you too had thought of him when you touched yourself.
“Seriously. You don’t answer or return my calls, you don’t reply to my texts pretending that I just don't exist, but suddenly, one night when I'm all alone in the dorm, you appear here, at my bedroom door to fuck like animals. You’re driving me fucking insane!”
You laughed bitterly, shaking your head. “Well, excuse me Jaehyun, but have you forgotten that I’m your friend and bandmate’s girlfriend? You know Mark Lee? Do you even remember him? And, just so you know, I didn't come to the dorm to fuck with you.” You snarled.
Jaehyun’s chest heaved hard, his jaw flexing. “Oh, now you suddenly remember that you actually have a boyfriend?! C'mon Y/N, you don't even love him, I don't get why you're still with him when you could be with me, instead. It’s just not fair what you're doing to me either, and you know it.”
You snorted. Fair? Really? Absolutely nothing about that situation was fair, starting from the betrayal you both were committing against Mark.
“You can keep on blaming me all you want, baby, but you wanted to fuck me just as much I wanted to fuck you, and we both know it.”
You were pretty much silenced by his statement. You definitely weren’t going to deny it and embarrass yourself with your terrible lying skills, besides, your body has told him everything by itself.
Jaehyun pinched the bridge of his nose, breathing slowly. It was quite bad that you could feel your pussy aching and your nipples hardening all over again at the sight of him angry. It was all his fault for being so damn hot.
When he spoke next, his voice was much calmer. “Listen, all I’m saying is that you can’t fuck with me one night, then decide that I don’t exist the next. I don’t like not knowing where I stand with you.”
“Okay. Right. I get you. I’m so sorry.” you muttered, “Can you let go of me now?”
His grip on your body had most definitely gotten tighter as he spoke. He looked at you quizzically for a moment, before smiling wryly and releasing you. You chewed your lower lip, feeling guilty.
“Look, Jae, I'm-“ A loud buzzing sound, followed by your ringtone interrupted and made you both jump. You leaped up from the bed, almost falling as you did, your legs really weren’t ready for that. You managed to crawl around on the floor and rummage around in your jeans for your phone.
“Hello?” You said breathlessly.
“Hi, babe. What’s up?” Mark’s voice.
Your eyes widened and looked at Jaehyun who was rummaging in a drawer, his brow furrowed as he stared at your bare body. He looked up, mouthing ‘who is it?’
“Babe?” Mark said when you didn't reply.
‘Mark’ You mouthed back. He raised his eyebrows and rolled his eyes.
“Oh yeah, nothing’s up, why?” You replied, holding the phone between your cheek and shoulder while sliding your panties back on. Jaehuyn had put on a pair of Calvins and was pulling a loose black tee over his head.
“Oh nothing, you just sound a little breathless.” Your heart thudded hard. What were you supposed to say to that?
“Anyways, the boys and I are on our way to the dorm now, sorry for the delay, I was expecting to finish earlier.” You blew out a sigh of relief at the change of subject, zipping up your jeans.
“Can’t wait, baby,” You said.
“Good, me neither," You just knew he would be grinning cockily and you rolled your eyes. “I’ll see you soon, okay?”
“Yeah see you, Mark.” You tossed the phone on the bed, sighing heavily.
“What did he say?” Jaehyun asked, stepping into some grey sweatpants.
“He’ll be here in a minute.” You put on the rest of your clothing and fixed your smudged makeup. “You like to stare, don’t you?” You said without looking up, but you could feel his eyes scoring your skin. He laughed dryly.
“Only at some things,” he muttered so quietly and you weren’t sure if you were supposed to hear it. You tucked your phone into your pocket, walking to the door before pausing and tapping your nails on the doorframe, you turned to look at him.
“I’ll… I’ll call you tomorrow.” You told before blowing him a kiss.
Your Move [M] Ch. 1
Preview:“I bet I am the only girl who you haven’t slept with in school yet. You know why?”
Mark tilts his head to the side and crosses his arms. “Why?”
You then walk up and get in his face, figuring out that he is just a few inches taller before going on with your rant.
“Because I am not attracted to you, never will deal with you, and know that the only thing you want from a girl is what’s in her pants. I see you Mark Lee, and I am disgusted, appalled, and put off every time I see you.”
Word Count: 5,183
Warnings: Mark is a bad boy/ delinquent/pissant who enjoys getting underneath the skin of the reader. Talk of sex, squirting, and mild dirty thoughts/arousal of reader. Oh and lots of cursing! Mark says “vanilla” :P but we know better.
You scream into your backpack as your best friend Yuna tries to calm you down. She strokes your back, knowing just how bad this situation is for you. The city bus bumps a little, masking the kicks that you dish out to the empty seat in front of you. You were about to rip your hair out as your eyes teared for the fifth time today.
If he had left you alone, this wouldn't have happened. Everyday Mark picked on you for being about school, not having a boyfriend, and not looking like the resident school sluts. The argument all started when Mark decided he was going to trip you, but when he tried, you ended up falling on him.
Your breasts were sitting up in your canary yellow long-sleeved crop top, and your ass fell right on his lap in your black high wasted distressed jeans. You stare at each other.
And then… you slapped him.
You slap Mark Lee so hard that he doesn’t just fall back on his desk; he falls out on the floor with blood on his lip.
“Bet you’ll think twice next time before tripping me, huh?” You say with your hands on your hips.
Mark grits his teeth as he wipes the blood from his lip and his friends help him up. “Didn’t have to make me bleed, you crazy bitch!”
“Didn’t have to put your foot in my path, you narcissistic fuck wad!”
You two give each other every single insult from your mama jokes to your daddy jokes, fat jokes, and even insult each other’s clothing. You stomp your combat boots out of anger, getting ready to lunge before Yuna holds you back, but... trouble arrives.
“BOTH OF YOU IN MY OFFICE… NOW!!!”
You were on the city bus, en route to the area in which Mark Lee lives, so that you could be his private tutor; Why must you endure such suffering?
You scream once again in your backpack, and groan as you stomp your boots on the floor, moaning and groaning in despair as Yuna continues to stroke your back to ease your mind.
Yuna sighs, “I see it now. ‘And in tonight’s news, two high school teens kill one another in a battle royale; more details at 10’.”
You shake your head at your friend’s sense of humor, running your fingers through your hair. You didn’t know what was worse, tutoring Mark Lee or having to tutor him in his home instead of your own; Did everything have to blow up?
Things could’ve had gone a different direction if Mark Lee would’ve left you alone, but this tyrant was inescapable.
You glance over and there is a big smile on Yuna’s face while she texts on her phone. Once she sees you eyeing her, she finishes her text and puts it away as if you didn’t notice what she was doing. The expression on your face makes Yuna gulp, causing you to scowl at her before she gives up and passes the phone to you.
Seeing who she is talking to and you give back the phone before pouting.
“Oh, come on Y/N,” she holds her phone, checking if she has a reply yet from the last person you thought she would be with.
“Nope. How could you?! Here I am, hoping that you give a damn about what is happening, and you are dating a close friend of tyrant Mark Lee, behind my back?!” you click your tongue before feeling a pinch to your arm and wince in pain.
“Don’t get mad at me because your temper got the best of you; Jaehyun and I don’t have to join in your feuding because we are your friends.” She has a finger in your face.
You resist the urge to snap at it like a dog, but you decide to let her have this one; she may be right, but the whole thing hurts you. Yuna sighs in defeat before tapping your arm to get your attention, but your eyes are tearing up.
“Stop it, ok?! Jaehyun and I are an official couple; have been for some time. He’s been telling me I should tell you, and he has wanted to get you, I, and Mark together hoping we can all get along and be friends.”
You don’t buy it for a second, but why would your best friend lie to you, of all people? Sure, she and Jaehyun were dating, but he had done nothing to you but smiled and always kept Mark from making a bigger mess with you.
Now it was all making sense as Yuna’s phone rang.
“Hi baby,” Yuna answers, a little too cute for your taste as she presses speakerphone.
“How are you beautiful?” Jaehyun has a sexy tone that has the power to melt a girl. You watch as they both exchange details about their day across the line, and soon you get pulled into the conversation.
“Is she right next to you?” Jaehyun’s tone is hopeful, which makes you curious. “Am I on speaker?”
Yuna begs you to be civil as you sigh in defeat and take the phone.
“Hi Y/N, how are you? I’m uh... sorry for how Mark acted today.” It wasn’t Jaehyun’s place, but at least he knows what kind of person he was.
“No need to apologize; it’s not like you meant for that to happen.”
“No, not at all! If I had known he would’ve acted like that before, I would have stopped it, but Mark is impulsive; like... he uses his brain for everything except making better decisions.”
You stifle a chuckle and make Yuna smile before Jaehyun finishes. “But hey, I only called Yuna because I figured you may be with her. Mark told me not to give you his address, but I will anyway; because he doesn’t run me, and he needs to face you outside of school for a change.”
You scowl at that.
“You don't have to.”
“Yes, I do Y/N. Mark has no excuse for how he treats you. Your tutoring sessions may teach him a bit of respect and humility. I mean... Mark has either scared away, seduced, or lied to his last previous tutors that his parents hired, but having someone that he knows a bit more about may block any ill intention for once.”
Scared away, seduced, or lied on? Jeez…. you weren't dealing with a school tyrant anymore. This kid was as bratty outside of school as he was in it. Yuna notices your expression and asks if you want her to let him go, but you shake your head to refuse.
“So, what’s the address?” you curse.
Jaehyun says he’ll text the address to Yuna’s phone in a few minutes so she can forward it to you, but there is a loud bang and screaming in the background about old food on the table.
Jaehyun groans, explaining how it wasn’t he who did it, but the other male has already threatened to commit murder on everyone there if no one fesses up.
The line hangs up, and seconds later a text with the address and some words makes you both question what will happen to Jaehyun by tomorrow.
Sorry. This may be the last time you hear from me. Good luck Y/N. I hope it all works out, and if you find out about a body found in the Han River...it’s mine. Bye!
You can’t help but laugh at that, but your laugh falters once Yuna sends the address to your phone. You enter it in your GPS.
After talking with Yuna some more, you reach your drop off point and grab your backpack before standing up and waiting for the driver to come to a stop.
“Might not be so bad; what could go wrong? The second the tyrant makes me upset or uncomfortable, I’m leaving.”
Yuna nods her head and gives you a hug before pushing your hair behind your ear. “Call if anything happens. I’ll pick you up when I have the car later.”
Before you leave the bus, you nod and smile. Yuna gives you a thumbs up and wave to you as the bus leaves.
You soon stop in front of a white gate. It is open, and after enough deliberation, you decide to go in. Your eyes widen at the sight before you, a beautiful modern home with a wooden and stone exterior surrounded by different trees and bushes. It’s like you have walked into a movie as you approach the house.
Did Mark Lee live here? You text Yuna, telling her you made it, but you aren’t sure if you found the right place.
Jaehyun says that there should be a skateboard by the gate before you enter. That means that Mark is home. Do you see it?
None in sight, but this house is...wow.
Jae: Did she find the house?
Yuyu: Yeah, but she says there is no skateboard Jae.
Jae: That kid is not home yet; he was with Jeno, seeing as how he came home, too. He only lives a few houses away from him.
Me: Should I wait here or…?
Jae: Yea Y/N, wait there. I’ll text him you are there.
Me: Thanks Jae. You get a boyfriend who is nice to me for once.
Your patience wears thin; waiting for Mark outside the gate would be better. You make your way out to the street and decide to use snapchat. You do your signature face and sneer while puckering your lips, lip syncing to one of your favorite songs. The sound of skateboard wheels coming closer isn't something you notice while looking through recent snaps. You chuckle and giggle at some of your friends’ snaps back home, messaging how much you miss them before you look up and scream when you see a boy on a skateboard coming straight for you.
Jae: :P No problem, love.
You duck for cover, but when you notice you are still standing, you open your eyes. As you look at who almost crashed into you, you stand up straight and make sure you’re still alive. You assume an all too familiar position with your hands on your hips as the dirty blonde-haired boy steps one foot off of his skateboard and picks it up with one hand. The air is so thick you could cut it with a knife. As he walks through the gate of his house, you scowl at him, earning an eye roll.
“Let’s get this over with cause I’ve got better things to do and better people to see.” His tone is bitter.
He slides the front door to the side, jerking his head as if to say that you can go first.
He has some manners? Is what you think, but Mark retorts.
“Got to lock the door after I let you in. It’s not me being nice.”
Your eyes wander around the house and marvel over the interior decorating. Mark snaps his fingers to get your attention.
“No shoes,” he states as he points to your feet. He mutters something that you couldn’t hear, but you think he said something about not being house trained. You decide to let it slide as you untie your boot laces and slip your feet out of them.
You allow him to take your shoes. He grimaces once he takes them from you.
“One mark on my boots, and I will make sure you see them from heaven during your funeral.”
Mark scoffs at your threat before placing the shoes in a cupboard right by the door. You feel something hit your ankle.
“Huh?” You pick up a purple ball and look to see a set of bright eyes looking at you from around the corner of a hallway. You crouch and hold out the ball with a smile to show you are not a bad person.
A little boy comes scampering towards you and accepts the ball back.
“Hi,” you greet, as the boy waves at you while cradling the ball.
“My name is Y/N, what is yours?”
The boy shows you his two front teeth in a gummy smile. “Jun.”
“That’s a cute name. It’s nice to meet you Jun. I like your ball.”
“Purple is my favorite color.”
You can’t help being charmed by the cuteness of the boy and his adorable face in front of you. You forget about Mark standing there as you converse with tiny little Jun.
“Purple is my second favorite color, next to yellow, that is.”
Jun gets closer “Is that why you are wearing a yellow shirt?”
You nod before Jun comes up to your ear and whispers something, “Are you my brother’s new girlfriend?”
“I can hear you twerp!” Mark barks, only for the younger to stick his tongue out.
You giggle. "No, we’re only school friends."
Jun then gets close and whispers in your ear, making your eyes widen as you blush and cover your mouth.
Jun nods before looking at Mark, who rolls his eyes and goes upstairs to what you assume is his room and slams the door. Jun flinches a little, a sad look appearing on his face.
“Hey, don’t be sad. He’s like that towards me, too.”
Jun looks up at the stairs to make sure Mark can’t hear him. “Did you come to play with Markie… like his other girlfriends?”
You gag hearing such words from an innocent child.
You shake your head “No. I am going to help him get good grades in school.”
“Well, good luck. Mom and Dad have tried everything. They even got other people from other countries to help him, but they always ended up leaving. He’s not so nice to them… or me.”
The poor baby’s story breaks your heart as you tip his chin up and see tears in his eyes. “Put a smile on that cute little face.”
Jun sniffles, and a beautiful smile follows.
“That’s a good boy. I believe I saw a corner store down the street. Are you old enough to leave the house by yourself?”
Jun nods with a smile as you take your wallet from your bag and give him some money. “Go buy yourself something sweet on me. After today, I promise I will do everything I can to make your brother be nice to you.”
Jun nods his head before giving you a hug.
“Thank you Y/N! I hope my brother makes you his girlfriend, then we can all play together!”
You curse yourself for loving small children. You notice Mark hasn’t come back down and decide that maybe he is doing something more important.
“Guess I’ll wait here then.”
You sit down on the couch and go through your phone to pass the time. After about 5 minutes, you hear footsteps on the stairs and look to see Mark raising his eyebrow at you.
“Why haven't you come up, dummy?”
“Excuse me?” you fire back, as Mark mimics you.
“You heard what I said. I’m not repeating myself.”
You stand up and cross your arms, showing off your trademark sass.
“First, you leave while I’m talking to your adorable little brother. Second, you never came back.”
Mark mimics you with a hand puppet and mouths everything you say while rolling his eyes.
“And third, there is a thing called kuh-myoo-nee-kay-shun; you little prick.”
Mark continues to mimic you before realizing you are mocking him. “There is also a thing called pay-eeng ah-ten-shun. Stupid.”
Jun then walks in licking on an ice cream cone “Says the one who has a hard time following die-reck-shuns and pay-eeng ah-ten-shun. Haha.”
“You wanna die?!” Jun runs away and leaves you holding your stomach in raucous laughter. Mark puts his sights back on you.
“Sounds to me like your lovely charms don’t work so well at home, hey, Markie?”
“You call me that again, and I will make sure you regret it. Now shut up and get up here.”
You make your way up the stairs and wink at Jun. Mark is waiting for you at a door with a sign that reads “KEEP CALM AND BEWARE OF THE BEAST WITHIN” hanging on the front. He jerks his head, gesturing for you to come in before closing the door and walking past you.
He sits In a gaming chair and puts on headphones before grabbing a Xbox controller.
“Yeah, I’m back. No, it’s nothing important; got distracted. I’m still good to play.”
You roll your eyes as you look around the room; the smell of styling gel and AXE body spray is strong. Posters of artists like Drake, Kanye, and other rappers fill the walls. You see what looks to be a small home studio setup and a notebook with lyrics inside of it. There is an Iron Man comforter on his bed and you can’t help but snicker.
“Hold on, guys. The fuck are you laughing at?” You shake your head. You look around for somewhere to sit down, but don’t see a chair anywhere near, so you decide to just stand.
“You gonna keep standing there like an idiot?”
He points to his bed. You walk over and sit on the bed while holding bag close. Mark notices your demeanor plans something devious.
“So, Sowon came over yesterday, right? Yeah, Kim Sojung.”
Wondering what the hell he was on about, you keep listening. He speaks of how she is a pro and even though she is a virgin, he still wanted to score. You cannot believe what you are hearing, but still wanted to know more.
“Man, she almost choked. Yeah, omg she was so damn ready for me I couldn’t say no. We kissed a few times, nothing too intimate, and then she took off her shirt. She has got some small ones, but I managed.”
You hold your bag tighter and tighter, hearing each detail, not even noticing that Mark is side eyeing you; he gauges your reaction before deciding to take it up a notch.
“So she’s on top right not facing me, but she’s so wet and loves how much it feels that she ends up squirting on my bed. Bro... I could’ve drowned if I hadn’t pushed her off.”
The moment you hear squirting and bed in the same sentence, you snap your eyes to the comforter. Was Mark such an asshole that he would let you sit in another girl’s fluids? All you did was slap him — he needed it — but damn, how disgusting and foul could a guy be?
“So I take her from behind,” you hear Mark as your heartbeat quickens. “I’m pounding, pounding, and pounding into her. Like bro, I’m trying to make her not only say my name but wanna have my kids at this pont. We keep going and going until she screams that is she is cumming for me, and again she squirts all over the bed!”
Your head spins as Mark’s words echo in your head. You feel a sensation in between your legs, cleaning them together. The words coming from this asshole’s mouth appal you, although it arouses you.
You let out a low groan. Could this get any worse?
“Oh, and guess what?”
“I still haven’t washed the comforter since it happened. The stain is still there and everything.”
You rise and head over to the door.
“Whoa, where are you going?” a coy tone with a devious smirk. His smirk fades when you turn around and giving him a clear view of your flushed face.
How could you let him get to you like this? How could you allow him to break you down? You were a fool to think maybe things would be different, but guys like Mark live for nothing but childish games; hurting the feelings of good people. You refuse to play games that were pointless.
A lot of anger, a hint of disgust, and maybe, if Mark was more perceptive, a bit of envy and lust.
“Home.” Your tone is bitter yet calm, which makes Mark hurry and speak into his headset, and if you didn’t know any better... he sounded nervous.
“Hey bro, I gotta hop off. Something, uh… happened.”
He turns off the Xbox and TV before standing up to face you. “What’s wrong? Was it something I said?” There goes that damn sarcasm again, making you want to do more than slap him.
“It was everything you said! You’d allow me to sit in another girl’s filth after having fucked her?! You are such a dick, and I don’t know why I even listened to Jaehyun—”
“Wait… Jaehyun? As in my friend Jaehyun? The hell did he say—”
“That’s none of your damn business!”
You wanted to mention what Jun whispered to you earlier also, but this has nothing to do with him; you won’t let Mark hurt him because of you.
“If you hate me then ok fine, but don’t you ever put me in the same boat as one of your fuck toys! I am not one of your mindless sluts that let you treat them like fast food!”
Your words stun Mark, but he knows he can’t humor you by showing any emotion.
“I am NOT about to waste my time with a spoiled, pretentious, arrogant, chauvinistic, womanizing, obnoxious, skateboarding brat that can’t keep his dick in his pants whenever a short skirt and big tits pass by!”
Mark’s expression remains passive, but it is clear your words affect him. You huff before running your hands through your hair.
“I bet I am the only girl who you haven’t slept with in school yet. You know why?”
Mark tilts his head to the side and crosses his arms. “Why?”
You then walk up and get in his face, figuring out that he is just a few inches taller before going on with your rant.
“Because I am not attracted to you, never will deal with you, and know that the only thing you want from a girl is what’s in her pants. I see you Mark Lee, and I am disgusted, appalled, and put off every time I see you.”
“Oh?” Mark moves forward, making you back up.
He smirks as you move until your back is against the door.
“It’s about time you fought back. I thought you were all bark and no bite. Now, I’m glad I get to see how you get. — slapping me was your first mistake.”
“Should have never messed with me. You wouldn’t get this side of me if you showed some respect.”
“That’s a tall order. Y/N, if I didn’t respect you, I wouldn’t mess with you at all,” Mark states as he looks down at you, putting his hands up on the door on both sides of you.
“You got a mouth, and I like that. Makes it fun when it’s time to break girls like you down. I’m a bit of a sadist, everyone, but you knows that, until now.”
“Get over yourself. The only way someone will ever break me is willingly; I’m difficult.”
Mark chuckles “You’re funny...”
“You are about to find me hilarious if you don’t back away.”
“Make me back away,” he spouts.
You scowl at him, wanting to slap that smug look off his face. He smiles at you, his eyes lighting up.
“So then, you are confident that there is no way that I will ever attract you Y/N?” He looks you in your eyes.
“Yes. I am nothing but confident, Mark.”
Mark then licks his lips before backing up and giving you space. “Ok then ‘Miss Confident’. So how about you put your money where your mouth is?”
You knit your brows as you glare at him “Excuse me?”
“Let’s make this interesting,” he voices before sitting at the foot of his bed.
You raise your brow. “I’m listening.”
Mark looks pleased. “How about we bet on it? You know about you never being attracted to me?”
You raise your eyebrow, your interest now piqued.
Mark smiles before stroking his chin. “Today is Friday, right? Which means 3 weeks from now, the Spring Dance will happen.”
I did not know. You continue to glare at Mark.
“So… I bet I can make you not only have sex with me, but fall for me the night of the Spring Dance.”
You curl your lip. “You can’t be serious?”
“Dead serious. By April 8, I will have you in my bed, screaming my name, and telling me how much you want me to take… you… down.”
“And what are you willing to wager on this ‘little’ bet, Lee? What makes you think I will agree to it?”
Mark takes some time to think before walking over to his nightstand, pulling out a blue jar.
“How about we sweeten the pot? No fun without cash involved.”
“I’m listening,” he has your total attention.
“Within the 3 weeks, I will tease you, and in return, you can also tease me. If you get the better of me, I’ll drop $5 in the jar, and vice versa. “
You nod your head and think it over, wondering if you both could pull this whole thing off, but you were never one to shy away from a challenge.
“You tease me, I tease you? Are there conditions for this?” you inquire.
You look elsewhere “I don’t know, conditions like: ‘How far can we go with the teasing before the Spring Dance’? Let’s try that.”
Mark thinks for a second, “We could keep it vanilla, with clothes on; not like I need much to turn a girl on.”
His words offend you as you lean down to him.
“These are pretty high stakes for this to just be vanilla. You sure you want to lose 3 weeks’ worth of money like that? I told you, I’m difficult.”
Mark shrugs, which makes him look all the cuter as he sets the jar down. “Then what have you got to lose except money? If you are not into me, conditions or not, you’ll ace this.”
You think about it a little more while biting your thumb, pacing for a minute before you sit on the bed, but you tense up when you think about what Mark said earlier while playing the game. He notices your body language.
“I didn’t have sex with her.”
“You expect me to believe that?”
Mark rolls his eyes. “Look, I may be an asshole towards you, but I‘m not a total ass. ”
You’re unconvinced. “So then, how far do we go with the teasing?”
Mark sits next to you on the bed, looking at you with a serious face. “From today till April 8, you and I will enter a turn on battle. The goal is to do intermediate level things that could get us to be attracted to the other. They don’t have to be sexual — seeing as how you are a goody two shoes — they can be PG-13.”
“PG-13?” you muse.
“Yeah, like making out, feeling each other up, dry humping; sorry to say I won’t be so inhibited.”
“Fine then, but I want a safe word for when things get too heated between us. If I say it, we stop.”
“Hmm, sounds kinky, but if you can’t do anything but tell me you want me, that won’t bode well.” He wiggles his eyebrows.
“Yeah, sure,” you roll your eyes.
“Then it’s settled. If nothing I do phases you and we don’t end up having sex, then I will tell the principal to hold me back and never bother you again, but…” he raises his finger as if these were contract conditions.
He gets closer to you and causes you to lean back a little. “If you have sex with me before the 3 weeks are over, or April 8 11:59pm, then you have to help me pass so I can graduate this year...”
His next words make your eyes widen. “And you will have to admit that I got the better of you.. to everyone.”
You look over your shoulder at Mark, biting your lip, and he looks sexy right now as he gazes at you, wondering what your answer will be.
“No one is holding a gun to your head. If you don’t want to do it, then ok, but I refuse to let you tutor me otherwise.”
“And why is that?” you furrow your brows before the skateboarder lays back on his bed.
“This isn’t some movie where I change my ways. I am still going to be the same Mark Lee who does whatever the hell he wants. I’m not changing for anyone, especially you.”
A thought comes into your mind, and then a sly smirk appears on your face as you lean against the door.
“Then let’s make it even more interesting.”
Mark raises his brow. “More interesting?”
“Yeah,” you start as you put your arms behind your back. “Like you said, I have nothing to lose.”
Mark smiles a little at that, liking the fact that you are into this just as much as he is, but what you say next not only raises the stakes, but seals the deal.
“If you and I don’t have sex by the 11:59pm on April 8, like you predicted…” you hesitate a bit as you lick your lips, battling the slow, creeping anxiety. Now or never Y/N.
“Then you have to change your ways and stop giving everyone a hard time.”
Mark sits up and gives you that signature look. “Define ‘everyone’?” He stands up and comes closer to you, lessening the space between you. “Your parents, your brother, and me.”
He is now mere inches from your face, gauging your reaction as he brings his hand up and places his palm against the door above your head. You feel so small as you avert his gaze, but you know have to be stronger as you lock eyes with him.
“If I win this bet, you not only have to let me tutor you, but you have to be nicer towards Jun and your parents. If you win, then I’ll admit that you broke me to everyone... over the morning announcements at school.”
Mark purses his lips, poking his cheek with his tongue, but then he gives you that same smirk before speaking against your lips in an almost whisper.
You both stare at one another before you’re spun around, chest pressed against the door. Your head spins as you look to see Mark standing behind you, holding your hands together above your head. Things have escalated way more quickly hangout expected, but it isn’t until you feel your ass being squeezed that you now are thinking twice.
“W-What are you doing?”
You feel Mark’s hands roam your body as he squeezes your thigh and grips your hair before pulling your head back and whispering in your ear.
@peachyxuxi @subakklee @nctevia @queenrachelpink @furryllamas @milkyway-vxm @chardonnayyyy @kpop-s-akura @coolkimchijoy16 @chichhihaa @sirleeknow @belle643 @yourstrulyjaem @jujaelvr @suhlit @nctdom @chezzontop @iluvj4sung @czenshireland @maybe-tina @junglewoos @hobiyolkny @leesuuhh-blog @271101 @aedreamzy
“Making my move. Let the games begin.”
A/N: I hope you all enjoyed part 1. Those who wanted to be tagged are listed below; I hope it was worth the wait, more coming soon!
Also here is the taglist form, for anyone else wanting to be tagged in Chapter 2. Just fill it out, and you'll be tagged come uploading day.
ao3 | m.list
minors dni, otherwise please like, reblog, and leave feedback, it’s important that you support the writers you like when tumblr shits on us.
wordcount → 7.4k
pairing → hyuck x fem reader (ft. voyeur mark lee)
description → What’s the point in being a third wheel if he doesn’t get to watch anyway?
or the one where hyuck lets mark watch him get his dick wet.
content → exhibitionist hyuck, car sex, dangerous driving, unprotected sex, voyeurism, jerking off lmao, mark being embarrassed and hyuck enjoying it, jealous hyuck, jealous mark, use of the pet name baby
note → this was solely for myself but im dragging yall with me. I just really needed this ok?
taglist: @aedreamzy , @ahgastayzen, @serialee
Mark was used to it at this point, walking in to see you being, quite literally, fucked senseless by his best friend. Each time he had managed to barge into the room when the two of you were going at it, he was lucky to slip away unnoticed and embarrassed for the both of you. He never brought it up, never really thought about it after the embarrassment died down, never wondered when it would happen again. Though it always did.
What Mark didn’t know is that it was intentional, that both you and Hyuck were aware each time he would walk into a room, stop in shock, and then shuffle away. It was something Hyuck enjoyed much more than you did, though you didn’t mind it.
Hyuck liked to be almost caught on some days, other days he wanted to be caught, but what he wants most of all is to be watched. To have someone turned on by what he can do to you, to have them feel jealous of him or even in awe at how good he is at how he fucks you. When Mark moved in, he hadn’t really thought about letting him watch or even catch the act in process. Hyuck’s big thing was doing it at parties or clubs when everyone was too drunk to care if they’re watching or not. However, the first time Mark saw them was a genuine accident on both sides.
It happened shortly after Mark had moved in with the two of you, for financial purposes of course. Neither of you minded having a roommate with the spare room and all. It was a small place but easily managed the three of you.
Hyuck was so in his head that day when he had you against the kitchen counter, breakfast plans long forgotten when he noticed that your ass looked particularly good in the lighting. He was so in his head that, he might have forgotten that Mark moved in just a few days prior.
A clatter of bowls full of ingredients hit the floor as soon as he made eye contact with Mark coming through the doorway, your leg was wrapped around his waist as he was attempting a deep thrust into you—but instead he had panicked and pulled out of you so quickly that you’d lost balance and sent the ingredients flying straight to spoilage. Mark just looked at him, then at you, and then at Hyuck’s very exposed cock that still managed to stay hard under the circumstances before he turned on his heel and paced back to his room.
That was the first and only time it was an accident on Hyuck’s part. Sure, he was into that kind of thing before Mark moved in, but it didn’t even cross his mind to include Mark in the fun. Until that day, at least. He had sat you down in the silence of your shared room and discussed that he will most definitely be fucking you in all areas of the apartment regardless of Mark being there or not, and that he wouldn’t mind in the slightest if he wanted to watch.
You had reluctantly agreed, only after mentioning that you didn’t want to make Mark feel weird about it, that you didn’t want him to act differently around the two of you. But Hyuck didn’t relent, assuring you that it would be fine.
It was fine for the most part, even you got a kick out of it from time to time when you’d pretend to not see Mark stare for a little longer on some days before leaving the room.
Mark just shakes it off each time though. Because of course it’s hot. Multiple times a week it’s like he’s walking straight into a porn film before having to excuse himself, and it gets really frustrating sometimes considering he isn’t the one getting laid. All he gets is glimpses of the two of you, the sounds he hears through the walls, the utter joy the two of you seem to have despite his presence. He’s learned to accept that neither of you seem to care what he sees, so he decides he won’t either.
It’s a warm day in the summer, the three of you packing bags and blankets into the back of Mark’s car for the trip ahead. All of you entirely too thankful to whatever god allowed the schedules to line up in order to have a five day weekend at the beach.
It was a long drive, 12 to 13 hours at least, but Mark and Hyuck agreed to drive in shifts so that makes it a lot more bearable.
“Did we get everything?” Hyuck asks as he throws himself into the drivers seat of the car and pats the passenger seat as if it were an honor to be invited to ride shotgun by him.
You nodded to him, admiring his slender fingers against the steering wheel and realizing it’s been a long while since he had driven you anywhere. In fact, the two of you mostly walked or got an uber for your outings simply because traffic is a nightmare in this city.
“Wait!” Mark shouts, throwing himself out of the open back door of the car. “I forgot my phone charger!” He exclaims as he runs back to the apartment building door.
And then it’s silent.
“He’s a really good actor.” Hyuck laughs, looking over at you and then steering his attention to the console buttons so that he could connect your phone for aux privileges. “A true sport, that guy.” He shakes his head this time, flicking his eyes up to you.
You don’t think you’ve ever gotten used to the way he looks at you when he’s clearly thinking of something mischievous, but you always did love what his plans lead to—so you nod at him with a polite smile.
“What’re you getting at?” You say, reaching over to grab his hand in yours. “Whatever it is, I’m in.”
He smirks at you, quickly giving you a kiss on the lips before pulling back to adjust the mirror in front of him. Mostly for the purpose of Mark getting a good view later, they’re the same height anyway so it’s not like it’ll be dangerous if he can still see everything he needs to in this mirror for driving purposes.
At that point, Mark is already rushing back out of the door with his charger in hand, smiling at the two of you and mouthing a small ‘sorry’ before placing himself back in the back seat. He is quick to make himself comfortable, leaving himself unbuckled as he lays his legs across the seat and sighs out.
“Any song requests?” You peek back at him when Hyuck reverses the car and carefully listens to the GPS that cuts through the speakers.
“Oh, yeah actually!” Mark claps with another one of his well-loved fond smiles.
From that point forward, the three of you take turns picking songs to listen to. The GPS would sometimes interrupt the best part of a song to alert Hyuck on where he needs to drive, but honestly, it was going quite well.
Hours go by when Hyuck finally pulls into a gas station for a break, the road trip vibes died about two hours after you left the house. Songs were being sung less, the windows were being rolled up so that the air conditioning could take over, and Mark had even fallen asleep with the warm sun hitting his face against the window.
He was pulled out of his sleep though, when Hyuck opened the back door so that the man could quite literally fall out of it. Which was funny, you admit when you head over to clap Hyuck on the back of the head for it.
“Mark, it’s your turn to drive—” Hyuck says, already opening the gas tank and preparing to fill it up for him. “If you need a bathroom, I suggest you go now.”
Mark nods his head and then rubs his eyes so that they can adjust to the bright lights of the gas station. The sun is going down and now he realizes why Hyuck preferred to drive during the daytime hours. It’s definitely going to be a rough next six hours. But he thinks the sandy beaches and colorful shaved ice will be worth it all in the end. He lets out a long and loud yawn before heading inside of the gas station to relieve himself and find a couple of snacks. By the time he got to the snack isle, he had crowded up beside you and asked for help in debating on if he wanted salty or sweet.
“You can get both, yknow.” You say, looking up at him with your own handful of snacks for both you and your very hungry boyfriend.
Mark looks down at you with sleepy eyes and then moves his gaze to the crinkled bags of candies and chips.
“Oh! Sick!” He yells, suddenly very awake. “They got frosted animal crackers! I haven’t had these since I was a kid!”
You chuckle in endearment at him, nodding at his selection.
“Don’t forget to grab something to drink to wash all of that sugar down!” You clap with him because his joy had seeped into your own mood. But you were ready to free your hands up from these snacks so you began to make your way to the cash register while Mark headed for the back in search of a drink.
After purchasing your snacks you’re quick to head back to the car where Hyuck raises a brow at you when you attempt to get back into the passenger seat.
“And just where do you think you’re going?” He asks, flicking his head to the back seat as if to tell you he wanted shotgun. You just shrug in response, piling into the back with ease, feeling more comfortable with the space it had to offer.
When Hyuck finishes gassing up the car, he doesn’t get into the passenger’s seat. He, instead, scoots into the seat next to you and leans forward between the two front seats in order to adjust the mirror a little bit more.
“Perfect.” He says with a snide voice, peeking over at you as he leans back to get himself comfortable. You look at him with question, wondering why the fuck he keeps messing with the mirror.
“What are you scheming? For real this time, tell me.”
Hyuck darts his eyes to the window of the gas station to look for Mark, and thankfully he’s still at the cash register paying for his stuff—probably because the dude likes to make conversation and refuses to read the signals of people just wanting to do their job and not hear about what his plans are for this trip. Then he leans in real close to you, placing one hand on your thigh and the other against then nape of your neck.
If anyone else were looking it, it would look as if he’s about to makeout with you—which would be fine, but he isn’t.
“Mark’s gonna watch this time.” Hyuck whispers as if the man inside of the gas station can hear him. You furrow your brows a bit at his words before smiling with the same evil grin he gives to you before a night at the club.
“And did you not think to ask me if I even wanted to?” You shrug him off, pressing him away from you and turning to face the window, still smiling.
You’re definitely in on it, but you’re still gonna be a brat about it anyway. Hyuck likes when you’re being difficult, and for the most part knows you’d genuinely stop him if it were something you didn’t want to partake in.
“Of course you want to, I see the way you watch him when he sees us—” Hyuck gripes, glaring at you. “He can’t have you, but he can watch.”
You shrug at him again, acting as if you could care much less about this plan of his, but he can see that glint in your eye and the smile on your face.
“This is why I love you.” He says in a simple voice, much lighter than before, and then he looks back to see that Mark is making his way back to the car.
“Don’t you think we should ask him first? Like? What if he doesn’t want to watch though?” You quickly let out in a panic, knowing you’re down for the plan but still wanting Mark to be comfortable. Hyuck is quick to shake his head at you.
“Relax, he pops a boner every time he sees it.”
You nod because he definitely does.
“If he says to stop, we can stop, okay?” Hyuck goes to reassure you again, but the conversation is cut short with Mark parking himself into the driver’s seat with a questionable look towards the two of you.
“Why isn’t anyone going to sit up front with me?”
Honestly, the way he says it seems so sad you almost wanna say fuck the plan just to keep him company.
“I want to sit with my girlfriend since I haven’t gotten to in the past six hours?” Hyuck argues, kicking the back of Mark’s seat playfully.
“Bullshit! You were sitting up here with her the whole time! Who is gonna sit up here and keep me awake?!”
Hyuck is very well aware that Mark will definitely be able to stay awake. No question about it.
“Okay, fine. I want to look at my girlfriend since I haven’t been able to take my eyes off of the road for the past six hours!”
Mark looks at Hyuck through the mirror, aware that it’s been positioned differently but he doesn’t bother with it.
“You guys are the worst.” He complains, starting up the car and connecting his own phone to the system in order to continue the navigation and music on his own accord.
And then it’s silent. Mark gently humming songs to himself as he gets into the groove of driving and you in the back, with your boyfriend close by silently talking about god knows what. Mark feels comfortable despite the fact that he knew he would be a third-wheel on this entire trip. He really did think one of you would sit up front with him to keep him company, but damn.
Several hours later, Mark begins to get sleepy again just as Hyuck wakes up from his own nap. You’d managed to stay awake the entire time because honestly, it wasn’t exactly easy to fall asleep with Mark up there grabbing into his loud ass bag of animal crackers.
You’d just sat there in silence with your boyfriend using your legs as a pillow as he made his attempts at a comfortable nap, and you could tell he did manage that because of the way he fell asleep with his mouth open. You loved seeing him like this, comfortable and warm against you when he slept. It was really the only time it was ever quiet when the two of you were together anyway. Hyuck was always so loud and vibrant when he’s awake and that still stands true.
Either he’s forcing arguments on other people for the sole reason of curing his own boredom, or he’s talking about the latest video game that pissed him off. Sometimes he’s dirty talking you loud enough for Mark to hear through the walls, other times he’s singing songs or complaining about work.
Hyuck isn’t a quiet person ever, save for when he is asleep. And that’s why, when he peeks an eye open and stretches in the cramped space against you, you became hyper-aware of the plan the two of you mentioned earlier.
You’d been thinking about it this whole time since Mark started driving actually, realizing that the mirror was positioned in a way that would give him a perfect view of the backseat and the street behind him. All he had to do was adjust his eyes to where he wanted priority to be.
It was dark now, rarely passing by another car every ten to twenty minutes you could guess. The music is still silently playing and the GPS is cutting in less and less with the long stretches of highways it’s navigated the three of you to.
The car is smooth, there are no bumps in the road, no clouds in the sky to keep the moonlight from coming in, and no cars to distract Mark from what was surely going to happen next.
And you were right. You knew you would be.
“Y/n.” Hyuck lifts up and whispers in your ear, quiet enough to where Mark wouldn’t hear him. “He looks a little tired—” He adds.
You look over at Hyuck with warm cheeks, already feeling the excitement and anticipation of what’s to come. He was always so ready after a nap if you’re being honest.
“He does, doesn’t he?” You confirm to him, a little louder this time but Mark doesn’t falter or look back at the two of you, he just turns up his music a little more so that you could discuss whatever it is you’re whispering about without him intruding.
“Should we wake him up a little bit?” Hyuck chuckles in another whisper, already glancing down at your thighs, they were bare in the loose pajama shorts you’d chosen to wear for the car ride. “Yeah?” He asks again, this time reaching over and hooking two fingers into the waistband of your shorts.
All you do is nod to him, because any time he wants it your body immediately reacts in the way it should. It’s almost like he’s managed to train your body to warm itself up the moment he even suggests having sex.
Hyuck is very quick to take that nod as the greenlight to get to work. He palms himself gently with one hand to work himself up, and uses the other hand to pull you against him. He makes it obvious that it’s a show when he positions both of you in the middle of the back seat, but doesn’t care if it looks dumb considering Mark likely wont be paying attention to where you’re sitting but more worried about what it is you’re doing.
He palms at himself until his cock is restrained against his sweat pants, and then he looks over at you.
“Well?” He questions, glancing down at his bulge beneath the pants and urging you to touch him in place of his own hand. “I’m ready when you are, baby—” He whispers out to you this time, more gentle, more for you than for Mark to eventually catch notice of.
You look at him, and then down at his cock—for some reason it looks more delicious in a moving car being illuminated by moonlight than it does in your apartment. Mark is barely in your thoughts now when you reach a hand over to pull his cock out, stroking it little by little until you can hear him gasp quietly to himself at the friction.
You jerk him off for a few minutes before he reaches over to touch you, only because he knows that you get more wet after you’ve been touching him for a while without any friction of your own—and he was right. Side by side, your hand is slowly picking up pace against his cock as his hand just begins it’s journey down your shorts. He can feel the slick against his fingers almost instantly when he reaches your folds and firmly presses his palm against your clit as he begins to massage the slick opening.
Mark doesn’t notice a thing until he hears you breathe out loudly, mostly because Hyuck had not been satisfied at the privacy of it all, plunging a finger into you and pressing his palm harder against your clit. It sent shivers up your spine, and the breathy moan wasn’t intentional, but Hyuck loved it. Loved the way your hand faltered against his cock before picking up the pace even more, allowing his pre-cum to leak against your closed fist around him.
Mark glanced up through the mirror, his sleepy eyes adjusting to the way your arm is moving, the way Hyuck’s arm is moving—
Oh. So that’s how it’s gonna be huh? He internally hates the fact that the two of you can be so absolutely shameless like he isn’t even there. That Hyuck will just have a go at you right in front of him like this when he has no where to run to in order to get away from the situation.
Mark turns his music up more, drowning out the small gasps the two of you are letting out and trying to keep his focus on the road. He can just pretend this isn’t happening.
And when Hyuck hears the music turn up, he knows that Mark has caught on and smirks over at you, plunging another finger in and watching you gasp a little louder this time. He does it again, with more force, and then again, and again, until you’re almost whining and rolling your hips forward against his fingers so you could receive more pressure and allow his fingers to reach ever deeper inside of you—then you snap your eyes over at him.
There’s a low chuckle from Hyuck’s throat when he pulls his fingers out of you and swipes your hand away from his cock—he leans forward quickly and kisses you. You already feel overheated in this small cramped space, but feeling Hyuck’s lips against yours right now only makes it feel hotter, especially when he licks against your tongue in a way that shows you how much he wants you.
You kiss back with the same energy and he knows exactly what it means, just like you. The two of you know exactly what each other’s cues are. When the greenlights go and the redlights flash—and it’s comforting to know.
Hyuck is quick with his hands, keeping his lips connected with yours when he pulls at you, trying to drag you onto his lap where his cock stands tall and glistening from the precum. You squeak out a small sound at him, turning your back to the front seat and easily throwing your leg over Hyuck to sit exactly where he wanted you.
“Should we take these off of you?” He leans in to look at you, but honestly can’t really contain himself. This is the first time he has ever done this sort of thing with you in a car, and it’s the first time Mark has no where to run away to so that he can act like he doesn’t like watching. There are no morals in this moment and Hyuck thinks it may be the hottest thing he’s ever done with you.
“I don’t think I can wait—” Hyuck chokes out, answering himself when he feels you lean down to kiss against his neck with a humming sound coming from your throat. He’s already grinding up against you and releasing his own groans at this point, unable to ignore the fact that he needs to be inside of you right now.
He quickly hooks his fingers into the crotch of your loose shorts, pulling both the shorts and panties to the side with ease before pressing up, you match his actions and sink down, feeling his cock fill you up with such ease that you’re shocked it still feels so amazing despite the sheer number of times the two of you have done this.
It feels more desperate this time though, usually the touching can last for upwards of an hour at times—but your boyfriend is looking so desperate and so good right now that you couldn’t bare to resist or say no, because you feel it too.
And when Hyuck does finally feel you sitting against his cock, he glances up into the mirror—lips slack as he gasps out for you, a small and wordless praise at how tight you are, and then he smirks because there is Mark’s eyes, looking directly back at him. Right then and there, Hyuck makes a point to thrust into you for the first time with full force just so Mark knows that he’s aware that he’s watching, and he wants him to watch.
When he had done that to you, you immediately moaned out of sheer shock from the sudden thrust, feeling his cock so deep inside of you so quickly had you already seeing stars and forgetting where you were. You gripped his shoulders and threw your head back when he continued to fuck into you with the same aggressive thrusts, moaning out in a low rumble with each time he bottomed out on you.
He held your hips, helping you stay slightly elevated above him so that he could drive his cock into you again and again, stretching you out and dragging against your walls at such a quick pace you literally could barely take in a breath—and when he moves a hand up to pull you down by the back of the neck, his eyes are dark when you finally look at him.
He lips still parted, he is out of breath and his eyes are hooded. You can see his entire body move with each thrust he gives to you, and then he says aloud , but still too quiet for Mark to hear, ‘he’s watching, show him how much you love it.’
That alone causes you to moan out, the very idea of Mark watching hitting different than it ever did before when he was so quick to leave the room.
“Hyuck—I wanna see,” You moan out in a small hiccup as he continues to fuck into you, and only smirks at you with a breath when he guides you again by your hips so that you were sitting still on his lap, his cock twitching against your walls as he holds you down.
“You wanna see Mark watch you get fucked?” He asks in a smug tone, leaning to lick a stripe against your neck. “You’re so dirty—” He says again, releasing your hips and pulling back to look at you again. “Turn around then.”
And you do, carefully pulling him out of you so you could shuffle your way around and sit on him so that you could make direct eye contact with Mark this time. You were a little nervous but your thoughts are spinning so quickly that you don’t really care about any of that right now. If things are awkward after the car ride, it’ll be because Mark wont admit to liking it.
Which he clearly does, when you see his eyes flicking from the road back to the mirror with furrowed brows. You make a point to keep your eyes on his when you slide back down on Hyuck’s cock, and this time he keeps his hands at your thighs, one spreading your legs and the other hooking your shorts and panties to the side—holding them in place so that Mark could get a full view of your pussy being stuffed from the mirror.
That’s when you physically see Mark shiver as he darts his eyes down to what you presume to be the very spot Hyuck is displaying for him right now, but your attention is very quickly pulled away when Hyuck thrusts up, placing his chin on your shoulder and gripping your thigh even tighter to keep your legs open.
“Look at him—” Hyuck demands in a whisper when he bucks into you again, turning his head only slightly to whisper this time. “He’s loving this.”
And he was, as unfortunate as it is. Mark unable to drown out the sound of your moans with his music, he doesn’t even want to drown them out at this point. He could barely pull his attention from the mirror at first, but now? He definitely can’t now. Keeping his eyes on the road only to glance back up and see a full view of your face staring back at him, your pussy pulsing around his own best’s friend’s cock—It’s a bit much, he will admit but it doesn’t change the fact that he’s getting hard, and only continues to do so each time be looks through the mirror and you’re either moaning and rolling your eyes back, or you’re reaching down to spread your pussy out even more for him to see.
Mark groans internally and then outwardly when he notices your blown pupils staring back at him as you gently bounce behind him. He can hear the wetness as Hyuck fucks into you, he can hear the desperate breaths and the pornographic moans—it’s taking everything in him not to pull this car over right now and take Hyuck’s place.
But he can’t. You’re not his to share. And while he can’t pull over to take over—he can, at the very least, attempt to release his own tension.
He is trying to be sly when he moves a hand from the steering wheel down to his own neglected cock, palming himself through the soft fabric and he moans at the same time you do when he feels that friction for the first time.
You’re maintaining as much eye contact with him as you can, but it’s becoming difficult each time Hyuck whispers small praises in your ear.
“You must look so good from his angle, I’m a little jealous—” He would grunt out against you, slightly out of breath as he fucks into you with powerful and short thrusts. “Are you spreading it out for him?”
You nod against Hyuck, finally allowing yourself to throw your head back against his shoulder, this time swirling your own hips against him and using your fingers to circle your clit.
Hyuck hums out at that, relaxing his body beneath you so that you could work your magic on him. He holds onto your hips for a moment before glancing at Mark’s frame. He can see that he’s driving one handed and smirks to himself about that.
“y/n, is he getting off right now?” Hyuck chuckles as he moves your hair from the side of his face and uses the other hand to grip your chin and force you to look up at Mark again.
You just moan at the sight, not only noticing that Mark was clearly still watching, but he was moving too, his shoulder exposing him for jerking off due to the shaking you see from it.
“Talk to him.” Hyuck demands this time, wincing at the way you pull yourself up and prop yourself on the center console, head peeking far enough past the seats to see exactly what Mark was doing and startling him enough that he swerves the car only a little bit in panic.
Hyuck stays leaned back in his seat, staring down at your ass and the way you bounce against his cock at this point, no more swiveling your hips or him attempting to hold you up so that he could fuck into you.
You’re easily riding him now, perched up so that you could dirty talk his best friend just to get a rise out of him, Hyuck is loving it as he reaches a hand forward to spread your pussy out around his cock before pressing down on your back so that you sit against him harder.
You moan out next to Mark, attempting to keep composure when you look down at his cock pressing heavy against his pants. “Are you watching us?” You ask, wetting your bottom lip with your tongue.
Mark can see your body moving even though he can only see your face in his peripheral vision, unable to face you completely—it’s kind of killing him that you’re just talking to him while getting fucked. He’s embarrassed, but what the fuck else was he supposed to do?!
“It’s okay baby—” You coo out, the pet name coming out like honey against your tongue. “We want you to watch.” You urge him on, seeing him immediately move his hand back to his cock.
You stare down at it, wondering how big it is and how good he is with his hands, but you know your boyfriend probably wouldn’t appreciate that much. So you whisper very gently, leaning a bit more towards Mark as you watch his fingers grip his cock tighter than they were gripping the steering wheel earlier. “Why don’t you pull it out? You can cum with me—”
Hyuck heard it, and honestly he would normally be jealous because he will not share you with anyone under any circumstances, but the fact that he wants his own best friend to watch kind of calls for at least letting him cum right? By his own hand though, no more, no less.
You feel Hyuck thrust a little harder into you this time, pushing and holding you down by this hips as he fits himself into you with a force that tells you not to push it with Mark any further and you listen to his body language the same way you would with his words.
“Hyuck is okay with it, but you can only watch—okay?”
Your sweet voice hitsMarks ears, slightly moaning with each word. He knows you’re feeling good right now, he can’t contain it anymore. He can no longer pretend like he doesn’t think about watching the two of you, like he doesn’t go and rub one out in his room each time he sees it.
That’s when he finally pulls his sweats down with one tug, eyes fixated on the road as he listens to you. He knows you’re watching him, and doesn’t know what else to think about aside from the fact that his cock is springing out and leaking heavily against his t-shirt.
“Oh—” You gasp, and Mark isn’t sure if it’s for him or for Hyuck. You would never admit that it was because of how big he is, and how perfectly his hand fists his own cock.
Hyuck is becoming increasingly more jealous, especially with the way you begin to bounce against his cock as if Mark was doing something that really must have drove you crazy, but goddamn it feels so good that he can’t bare to stop you. Hoping to god that Mark doesn’t manage to steal his girl from him while he’s literally balls deep.
He throws his head back this time and just lets you fuck yourself on him as you talk to Mark. You’re unable to stop yourself from riding Hyuck in a way that seems entirely too out of character for you. But when you look back, your boyfriend seems to really be enjoying himself.
You turn your attention back to the front, seeing now that Mark is moving his hand much quicker, his lower lip caught between his teeth as he desperately attempts to drive the speed limit at the very least.
“I bet you wish it was you, don’t you?” You urge him on, watching his reaction each time you speak to him. “Do you wish you were fucking me right now?”
Mark can’t even contain his nod, moving his fist up his length at a quicker pace than before. “Show me how you’d d—” You’re cut off with a moan when Hyuck reaches forward and grips your hips again, taking over for you and aggressively fucking into you at a pace that shows you he’s ready to chase his high. “Show me how you’d do it, ” You repeat, attempting to keep a level voice as Hyuck aggressively searches for his high from behind.
Mark finally turns to look at you for a moment, a very short moment, and then intentionally fucks his hand for you. He wants to show you just how hard he would fuck you right now if he were given the chance.
The way he moans throws you for a loop, much deeper sounding thsn your own boyfriend’s but the sound of it hits your core and spreads heat throughout your veins. You instantly reach down with one hand to circle your clit, clenching around Hyuck as he attempts to pull you back to him—but you stay in place, eyes trained on Mark’s cock being pumped relentlessly. You know he’s showing you the way he would fuck you, and goddamn he would probably be so good at it.
“Shit—” Hyuck chokes out. “Y/n—” He moans out this time, almost as if he’s pleading for you to finish him off with your own hips, he can see you rubbing your clit in front of him, the view too good to look away from but he knows that Mark is stealing your attention right now.
Hyuck feels so good inside of you that you very nearly do fall back against him just to ride his high out for him—but you desperately want to see Mark cum too, and you hate to say that it’s kind of Hyuck’s fault for prompting all of this, including telling you to talk to Mark.
“Are you going to make me cum?” You ask out to Mark, sighing between your words and wondering why the fuck you just said that but it sets off a fire in the Man with one hand on the wheel and the other gripping his cock.
It gives him the illusion that he is fucking you, and that he will make you cum.
“Make it fast baby, Hyuck is ready—“’
And just like that Mark is pumping once, twice, and then a third time before he is nearly hitting the breaks. He lets his foot off of the gas, thankful that there is not a single car on this street when he cums. Visibly shaking and attempting to hold in his moans as he hears you directly next to him being fucked senseless. “You look so good like this,” You praise him, wanting nothing more than to reach over and kiss him for looking so fucking erotic doing what he just did, but you opt to just compliment him.
The image of Mark breathing his way through his orgasm, keeping the three of you safe in this car throughout all of it, and obviously wanting to fuck you has you nearing your own climax as Hyuck’s hips stutter against you.
Your fingers against your clip grow increasingly aggressive as you finally allow yourself to fall back against Hyuck, taking over for his tired hips as you attempt to work him up to his orgasm.
Honestly, you feel like the sexiest person alive right now, two men unable to contain themselves over you—it felt so good.
And when Hyuck growled against you with an audible ‘never talk to him like that again’, you release, surprisingly, before Hyuck does. Cumming around his thick cock and gripping against the seats in front of you as your ears ring and your eyes begin to see colors.
Something about your boyfriend being jealous is just entirely too hot, you might just have to absolutely talk to Mark like that again. Only so you can feel the way he grips you possessively and mumbles strings of both praise and arguments against you when he finally hits his own orgasm.
When it’s all said and done, the car is a mess and Mark is immediately taking the next exit to the closest gas station. Partially so he can hide in the bathroom and cry before shamefully cleaning his juices off of the damn windshield (this is an exaggeration), but mostly so you could get cleaned up.
Mark was standing in the bathroom staring at himself, opting to give up on cleaning the cum off of his shirt because this gas station appears to have the hottest water known to man and it only clumped up against the fabric.
He’s sighing to himself, realizing how much of an absolute freak me must seem to you and Hyuck when, speak of the devil, the man himself walks into the bathroom and crosses his arms at Mark.
“Yknow—” Hyuck says with a furrowed brow and a glare. “I could have sworn for a full ten minutes you were going to take my girlfriend away from me.”
Mark’s eyes widen in fear and guilt, because in all honestly he would have fucking tried if you’d have let him.
“N—no!” Mark stutters, backing away from the mirror and forgetting that Hyuck is actually right behind him, so he ends up bumping into him. He very quickly twists around and properly backs away from him this time.
“Oh my god, relax.” Hyuck steps forwards and claps him on the shoulder. “I was the one who suggested we even do this, just like—watch what you’re doing.”
Mark nods, looking down.
“Watch what I'm-?” Mark questions, still looking to the floor.
“What? You thought we could do all of this and expect you not to stay the next time you walk in on us?”
Mark blushes, fixing his eyes on the clumped cum in his shirt.
“I’m embarrassed—I didn’t know what I was supposed to do so I just, did what she suggested?”
“That’s good.” Hyuck pats him on the shoulder again and forces him to look at him. “Mark, if you don’t touch her, you can do whatever you want with your cock—just know that I don’t share.”
Something inside of Mark both shatters and wells up. Yeah, part of him wondered if all of this would lead to a beach-vacation-threesome, but it doesn’t appear that way. Nevertheless, Hyuck is still offering up a pretty sweet deal.
“Is she okay with that?” Mark asks.
“More than okay. I couldn’t tell if she came for me or for you, which pisses me off not gonna lie.” Hyuck pulls away from Mark and pulls his dick out, dabbing it with a napkin before attempting to wet the paper towel.
“Fuck! Why is the water so hot!?” He exclaims, jumping back and looking over at Mark.
“This is too weird—” Mark says to himself with a blush, and then turns his back to Hyuck.
“I’m sorry if I crossed a line, it wont happen again, honestly—”
Hyuck just shrugs, allowing his paper towel to cool down like an actual smart person before dabbing away the dried cum.
“She’s the one in trouble for that one. But we already talked. So we’re cool. Just letting you know the boundaries, that’s all.”
Hyuck had specifically asked you not to dirty talk Mark or to call him baby. But you had urged that it was honestly the hottest thing Hyuck has ever done for you, though it was supposed to be for Mark. He guessed you might be more into the whole being watched thing than he is, and that’s fair considering you’d never so much as tried anything kinky before meeting him. The two of you compromised. You’re only allowed to praise and talk to Mark that way if Hyuck is allowed to absolutely humiliate him at the same time. They’re not even sure if Mark is into that sort of thing, but you’d both stop the moment he felt uncomfortable.
“Okay. . .so. . “ Mark says, waiting for Hyuck to finish his clean up. “Is this gonna be a normal thing then?”
“I don’t know? Maybe if you keep catching us?”
“I swear, I never did that intentionally!” Mark defends himself, but finally looks over at Hyuck who has his pants pulled up now.
“Oh, I know. It was also my idea to have you catch us all the time.” Hyuck winks at Mark, but before he could even attempt to respond there’s a toilet flushing and a burly man walking out of the furthest stall in the back.
Both men stare at each other, too stunned to move based on the fact that this man had been sitting on the toilet listening to the entire conversation and hearing them clean cum off of themselves. Honestly. If there was a hole nearby, Mark would probably bury himself in it (no pun intended).
“Gentlemen.” The burly man says with a solemn tone, and all Mark can do is turn around and walk the fuck out of there as quickly as he can.
“Uh—” Hyuck says to the man, pointing behind with him his thumb and an awkward smile before turning on his heel and pacing out directly after Mark.
a/n: maybe i will write more for this idk, let me know if you’re interested in more?
tall, blonde, and gorgeous
bf!johnny, teasing, nipple sucking, hair pulling, fingering, oral (f receiving), pet names, cursing, spitting, strength kink(?), unprotected sex, overuse of the word fuck but what else is new
You were in the kitchen when your boyfriend got home, immediately looking for you the moment he came through the door.
"I'm in here," you yelled to him when he called you. Your eyes drifted from the tea in your cup to Johnny coming into the room.
He saw the surprise on your face, and the smile on his face grew wider.
"Your hair," was all you could say.
"You like?" he asks, running his fingers through his silky hair.
Like?? Like was an understatement.
"You know I do," you couldn't resist the urge to run your fingers through it yourself.
Your fingers were still tangled in his hair when he captured your lips in a kiss.
Your tea was quickly forgotten about when he firmly gripped your waist and placed you on the counter, stepping between your legs. You gasped into Johnny's mouth when your bare thighs came into contact with the cold countertop, and he took the chance to slip his tongue into your mouth. You groaned into the kiss when he pressed his hips into yours, making you subtly rut your hips into his. But before it could go any farther, Johnny stopped.
"I'm gonna go shower," he told you.
Johnny already knew what was going on in that mind of yours. But decided not to give you the satisfaction of acting upon it. At least for now.
"Okay." you tried not to let your disappointment be heard in your voice, but your boyfriend knows you.
"Don't miss me too much," he teased.
"As if," you scoffed, playfully rolling your eyes as he began to walk away.
Your eyes traced over the contours of Johnny's muscles in his back as he left you, and you had to cross your legs to relieve some of the pressure that had built up between your legs.
Fresh out of the shower, he was sitting on the couch with your legs in his lap.
Johnny wasn't wearing anything but sweatpants, and he knew what it was doing to you. Of course, the fucker did, which is why he's doing it, and it was starting to piss you off how much of an effect he has on you by doing the simplest things.
"Babe," he softly squeezed your thigh, knowing it'd get you to snap out of your thoughts, "You're staring."
"You look good," you mumbled, "I just really love your hair."
"Did you not before?" he narrowed his eyes at you.
"Of course I did. You know what I mean."
"No, I'm not sure I do," he pulled you into his lap, "Explain it to me," he said, resting his hands on your waist.
"You just.." the words you were supposed to say just didn't come out. Not with the way he's looking up at you right now. You can't even think of speaking right now.
"What, baby?" he asked, noticing your eyes darkening as he slowly moved his hands over your body.
You leaned forward, pressing your lips to his. Johnny cups your jaw with one hand, deepening the kiss. Your fingers find their way into his hair again, and he groaned into your mouth, feeling your nails lightly scratch his scalp.
"You're an insufferable man, Johnny," you say, and he smiles against your lips.
He hooks his arms securely under your thighs, keeping you against his body like this as he laid you down. Your head met the arm of the couch as Johnny started kissing down your neck. His soft lips, sucking your skin between his teeth, littering bruises all over your throat. Little mewls filled the air as Johnny continued his assault on your neck, and his hands slipped between your bodies and groped your breast over your sweater.
The stretched-out hem of the overworn sweater had fallen down your shoulder, giving Johnny more skin to cover with his love bites.
You weren't sure this sweater was gonna be wearable after this since Johnny pulled the hem down more, freeing your chest. His warm wet mouth enclosed around your perky nipple while he rolled the other one under the pad of his thumb through your clothes.
"Johnny~" you arched your back slightly. He groaned around your areola hearing, you say his name that way.
His mouth left you, and you shuttered. A chill running through you as your wet skin met the cool air in the room.
Johnny pushed your sweater up, exposing your bare upper half to him. You were too lost in the feeling of his mouth giving the same attention to your other tit to notice his hand slipping between your legs.
You tugged harder on his hair when you felt his fingers rubbing your pussy through your panties. He smiled against your skin, feeling your wetness seeping through your clothes.
"So, so wet," he hummed, pressing his thumb into your clit. Your thighs would've shut if he wasn't keeping them open with his body.
His fingers squeezed your sides as he trailed kisses down your stomach. He finally looked up at you once he was settled between your legs, pushing his hair out of his eyes.
You seemed to hold your breath as he barely tore his eyes away from you.
Johnny hooked his fingers in the band of your underwear, slightly behind pulling it down and placing a kiss on your hipbone.
The more he pressed kisses to your navel, the more restless you became. He was toying with you until you were squirming beneath him.
"What is it, princess? I'm right here," he said, lifting your leg over his shoulder, starting to kiss your thighs.
"I'm so fucking wet," you whined.
"I know," he smirked, "You're practically dripping, baby," he pulled your panties to the side to see you clenching around nothing.
He started tracing the apex of your thigh with the tip of his tongue, only adding more fuel to the fire. Johnny placed a kiss on your clit, and your hips immediately buck against his face.
"Fuck..I need you so badly," you didn't care how desperate you sounded while grinding your clothed pussy against his face.
You lifted your hips when he finally pulled your underwear down your legs, letting them hang off your ankle, not caring enough to actually take them off.
He flickered his eyes back up to you as you impatiently waited for his next move. Which was letting his spit dribble from his mouth onto your cunt, mixing with your arousal. Johnny smiled when you whimpered, tugging your lip between your teeth.
Without warning, Johnny licked a fat stripe up your slit, collecting your juices on his tongue. Your legs almost closed around his head if he wasn't holding them apart.
He hummed into your pussy, nuzzling his nose into your clit, enjoying the taste of your on his tongue.
"Mmm, feels so good," you moan, beginning to roll your hips against his mouth.
You whine when he pins your hips to the couch, his strength not allowing you to move.
Johnny slipped two fingers into his mouth before he watched your pussy swallow the two digits. He went back to sucking on your clit, and you found it hard to stay still. But even with just one arm, he kept you pinned down.
"Oh my god—Johnny," you threw your head back onto the armrest and started touching yourself. Running your hands up your body until they were under your sweater massaging your tits.
Johnny moaned into pussy at the sight, sending vibrations up your spine. You grabbed onto his hair as he curled his fingers. The muscles in his arm work tirelessly, pumping his digits in and out of you.
"Please, Johnny, please. s-so fucking good," you said between moans.
Your sentences were no longer coherent, and Johnny knew you weren't going to be able to last any longer. Moans unapologetically spilled from your lips along with chants of Johnny's name.
"Johnny, I'm not-I can't-" you couldn't even finish what you needed to say.
"I know, baby, I know." he softly stroked your leg. His fingers reached that spongy spot inside of you, making your toes curl.
"Yes, right there. Fuck-I'm gonna cum!" you cried out.
Your pussy pulsed around his fingers, and Johnny showed no sign of stopping. Holding your thighs to keep them from closing, he lapped up your juices, making sure not to miss a single drop.
When he came up from between your legs, you could see evidence of your previous orgasm all over his face, even dripping down his neck.
Johnny popped his fingers into his mouth, licking your essence clean off his hand. He knew what he was doing to you. You ignored the sensitivity between your legs, pressing your thighs together. And, of course, he noticed.
"So, so needy," he tsked
"Shh, it's okay, I'll take of you, baby." he pressed a kiss to your forehead.
Johnny tore your sweater over your head the second he got you on the bed. He kissed you as he laid you on the pillows at the head of the bed. The taste of your orgasm is still prominent on his tongue.
He finally got rid of his sweatpants to find that that was all he was wearing. He really was trying to push you to your limit.
You spread your legs for him, putting your pussy on display. Already wet and aching for him again.
He tucked your hair behind your ear before his fingertips trailed up your inner thigh, making goosebumps rise on your skin. Johnny's fingers find your entrance, and he pushes them in, making you whine.
"Just making sure you ready for me," he says.
"I'm always ready for you," you tell him.
"Is that right?" he asks, and you nod your head with a smirk.
You lay back on the bed, your hair falling all around you on the pillows, making you look like a goddess he was more than ready to worship.
"You just gonna just keep staring at me, babe," your voice drew him out of his thoughts, "or you gonna fuck me?" you fluttered your lashes.
Your eyes traveled down his body, unable to resist reaching out and touching him because there's no way he's real. But feeling his skin against yours is enough to tell you that he is, and he's all yours.
He pumped his cock a few times in his hand, looking into your eyes as you raise your hips for him. His cock parted your lips, coating his shaft in your slick.
His cock head nudged your entrance, slowly easing his way into you. Johnny gripped your waist to keep himself from slamming his hips into yours once he felt the way your warm wet walls opened up for him.
You knew he was taking his time because he didn't want to hurt you, but you just wanted to feel him, all of him, now.
"John—ahh," your sentence was cut off when Johnny pushed the rest of the way into you.
"Like that?" he asks, even though the look on your face was enough to tell him yes.
"Shit, just like that," you mewled when he started to move his hips.
"You feel so good—fuck," his head fell back.
Holding you by your thighs, Johnny's eyes fell to where you're connected, watching your pussy take in his cock every time.
But there's no way he'd keep up the slow pace. Not when you're looking up at him like that.
The sound of skin hitting skin resounded throughout the room, along with moans and shallow pants. Your tongues clashed as Johnny leaned down to kiss you.
You sunk your teeth into his bottom lip, feeling the drag of his cock against your walls.
"You always take my cock so well," he opted for longer, deeper strokes, "fit around me just like a glove," your pussy fluttered.
"It's all yours," you murmur
"That's right, isn't it?" he smiled proudly.
Johnny hooked his arms under your thighs as you replied yes, bringing your hips to meet his. You placed a hand on the headboard to prevent yourself from hitting it as he fucked you.
"Oh my-fuck! Don't stop," you pant, loving the feeling of his cock hitting your sweet spot.
"You like that, baby?" he slowed down again, "feeling me deep inside you," his hand pressed down on your lower stomach, "right here."
"Johnny, you fucking—" your words were replaced with a moan as your eyes rolled back. "You're gonna make me cum."
"That's it, sweetheart," he encouraged as you started rubbing your clit.
The stimulation had you crying out for Johnny. You were sure all your neighbors were going to be well informed of your boyfriend's name if they already weren't.
"Look at me," Johnny softly turned your head, so you look at him. "I wanna see your pretty face when you cum."
You weren't far from doing so once you looked up at him. His was skin coated in a thin layer of sweat, newly lightened hair falling in his face as he hovered over you. Johnny's pupils were dilated twice their normal size, and his lips were swollen from the biting on both your behalves.
"God, I fucking love you," you said as you reached your climax. You buried your head into the pillow beneath you, and your back arched off the bed. Your walls convulsed around his cock, waves of euphoria washing over you. From the way you choked his cock, Johnny knew he was gonna cum.
"I love you too, baby," his movements were getting sloppy and erratic, "So, so fucking much," he said each word as he pumped his cum into you.
You softly ran your fingers through his hair again, slowly tracing patterns over his sweaty skin. The both of you, just taking a second to feel each other's skin against one another.
Johnny's cock finally went soft, but he didn't move, too busy murmuring words of affirmation between kisses he pressed to your damp skin.
He rolled off of you, laying on the bed beside you. Your hand never left his head, loving the feeling of the silky, blonde locks between your fingers. Johnny practically started purring.
"Guess you really do love my hair, huh," he sighed, looking over at you with a lazy grin.
"I can't stand you," you huff with a laugh.
"Then I'll just have to make sure you can't stand at all," Johnny said, and he suggestively smirked.
"Don't you ever get tired?" you asked.
"Not for you, baby. I could go all night long," he rolled back on top of you and kissed you.
a/n: only johnny going blonde could pull me out of writer’s block 😭😭
feedback is appreciated!! tysm for reading <33
1.5k followers celebration drabbles masterlist
Taeyong + smut + "My otaku tendencies are still alive, man Whip me more so I can feel it more”
Mark + forbidden love + “I want you so bad I'll go back on the things I believe”
Johnny + friends to lovers + "Why must you make me laugh so much? It's bad enough we get along so well, just say goodnight and go”
Xiaojun + angst and smut + “never take a break you always working over time”
Yuta + smut + “i'm the boy that your boy hoped that you would avoid”
Jeno + smut + “i sent her back to her boyfriend with my handprint on her ass cheek”
Jaehyun + fluff and slight angst + “hey, there’s nowhere else i’d rather spend my day”
Jeno + smut + “Touch me tease me feel me up”
Yuta + fluff(ish) smut + “If I can have this dance tonight, I promise that you won't forget. I've been searching all my life, for something that I won't regret”
Taeyong + smut + "my honey's only sweet if you can take the sting”
Johnny + smut + “baby jump on it, ride like a pony”
Yuta + fluff and smut + “Sound of waves that wet my feet Midsummer waltz, us together Those looks, looks, looks This touch, touch, touch Hug me tight”
Ten + smut + “so baby, don’t tame me”
Ten + smut + “I’m gonna love you”
Yangyang + smut + “she said fuck me like i’m famous i said okay”
Bet You Can't Pull Him
Title: Bet You Can’t Pull Him
Pairing: Taeyong x You
Genre: best friends au, club au, one night stand, fluff, romance, smut
Warnings: rough (!) smut, lots of alcohol consumption, profanity
Word Count: 5.774
Summary: Having just broken up with your boyfriend, a night at the club should fix everything, even if it's only for the span of a few hours. But vodka, jealousy and heartbreak is a very dangerous combination when suddenly, you realize how hot your best friend actually is and that, in no way, you're going to share him with anyone else tonight.
“Aren’t you going to slow down?”
You looked at the shot in front of you, the tiny glass filled to the brim with invisible liquid, shaking to the same rhythm as the music that was playing in the background. You actually hated vodka, but tonight, you were married to it.
Your fingers enclosed the glass and your eyes wandered upwards to meet the concerned gaze of your best friend who had taken the seat next to you.
You instantly downed the shot and were already curling your finger towards the bartender, signing him to refill for the fourth time. He did as he had been told - not without a side eye though - and quickly poured vodka into the glass again.
“Okay, I’ll stop you here.”
Taeyong was fast to snatch the shot from the table before you could get a grip on it and emptied the glass himself. He twisted his face as he got a taste of the intensive flavor that burnt down his entire throat.
“Wow!” you voiced your admiration. “Bartender, another round please! But this time, make it two!”
“Y/n, what are you doing?” Taeyong asked you, the desperation in his voice impossible to miss as he slammed the glass back on the wooden surface. “You’re such a lightweight, you usually can’t drink this much!”
“Today is not your usual day,” you explained to him and threw your hands in the air. “Today is the day I’m celebrating the start of my single life! Yee-haww!”
“I doubt a break up is something to actually celebrate, even when it was mutual. As far as I know, you two were still so happy only last week,” Taeyong commented carefully, his voice nearly getting drowned out by the loud music that came from the dance floor. “What exactly happened between you and Jaehyun in the past days? Why didn’t you tell me earlier?”
“Ah! Stop!” You lifted your hand and placed your index finger in the middle of Taeyong’s closed mouth, earning a perplexed reaction from him. “We don’t speak about this person today. Or ever again. Understand? Even if he’s your friend too, cheaters won’t get any credit here anymore, alright?”
Throughout the different colors the lights illuminated his face with, red was the one that brought Taeyong’s shock truly forward. And, in the middle of his mouth, was still your finger that pressed softly against his lips as he repeated,
“Jaehyun… cheated on you?”
Thank god the alcohol in your system already showed its effect and made you appear tougher and colder than you actually were inside. Your true self that wanted to continue crying all alone in your dark room like the past few days was now hiding behind a huge curtain of feigned self-esteem.
“I've never found out myself.” You shrugged. “A girl messaged me that she has been having an affair with him for months already. I was the one to break up with him. He’s still in denial and tries to get me back, but I don’t want to waste my time on cheaters.“
“Jaehyun? Really?“ Taeyong cursed under his breath and stared at you in disbelief. This time, it was him that turned to the bartender and curled his finger towards him. “Hey. Didn’t you hear? Bring us another round of two, please!”
You could always rely on your best friend.
After another two rounds of shots, you found yourself in the women's restroom, staring at a face in the mirror that still seemed so unfamiliar to you, even though you had been the one bringing her out. Bright lips, dark eyes, and a black dress that hugged her body tightly and hadn’t been worn for as long as you had been in a relationship.
You hadn’t seen this woman in a while, but she still looked hella fine. During your relationship, you had barely let her out, though tonight, even with the help of alcohol only, she was back in all her brightness and beauty.
You had truly missed this side of yours.
“There is a guy so hot out there, girls! Believe me! Like… smoking hot!”
You turned around and encountered a group of young women at the other side of the restroom that spoke very loudly with excitement. Normally, they wouldn’t catch your attention, but tonight, you were curious, single and ready to mingle again.
“Show us! I want to see!”
“Oh dear, yes please! If I go home alone tonight, I’ll be so frustrated!”
“I haven’t done the deeds in three weeks already! If anything, it’ll be my turn first!”
A guy so hot that women threw themselves at him by solely hearing about him only? This sounded like the perfect partner for the woman you were tonight. As you said, single and ready to mingle. Taeyong wouldn’t mind for sure, so you decided to check out the guy they spoke of as well.
“He’s too hot for all of us, girls. But see for yourselves!”
You followed them through the door and came to a halt in front of the bar where they gathered to a small group. You pretended to mind your business right next to them, your ears trying to overhear their conversation through the music.
“There he is!”
With your head twisting and turning, you tried to make out who they meant, but aside from Taeyong who you had left back there before going to the restroom and another guy two seats next to him, no one was close to their field of vision except for the two of them.
As you were watching and judging whether the guy next to your best friend truly was that hot, the girl in charge of the entire operation was already pointing her finger at one of the figures at the bar. And it was not the guy you had your eyes on right now.
“Bet you can’t pull him.”
You nearly burst out laughing.
They truly meant Taeyong! Your Taeyong!
The Taeyong that left his dirty socks in your laundry basket because he thought you wouldn’t notice if you washed it along with your clothes. The Taeyong that was willing to stand in line for twelve hours to buy a new anime figurine and forced you to keep him company. The Taeyong that picked out all the green gummy bears because he knew you liked them the most even though he liked them too.
Suddenly, it wasn’t a funny game anymore. Suddenly, it turned serious.
They wanted exactly your Taeyong.
The only thing you registered at this moment was that you had to keep them away from him. There was no way that they would take your best friend away from you.
“Bet I can?”
The words of another girl roughly pulled you out of your thoughts, and it suddenly ran hot and cold over your shoulders.
You had known Taeyong for more than ten years. Your shy, mild-mannered best friend. You had never once seen him with a woman in the public or even heard him talk fondly about one. There had been a time where you thought he didn’t even like them until you saw someone sneaking out of his room when you paid him a surprise visit.
Since then, you were sure that he was hetero as heck and just smashing them behind your back. And these girls looked exactly like the type he would do.
You didn’t want to let it happen.
The girl next to you took a step forward, but you were faster than her and dashed in Taeyong’s direction.
Bet I can pull him,
was the only thing in your mind right now.
“Hey, everything alright?” Taeyong then asked you with worry when you reached him. “You were gone for quite some time.”
You didn’t take the time to seat yourself next to him again. You just grabbed him by his hand and tagged him alongside you to the dance floor, away from those women preying on him. Their jealous gazes that you felt on your back gave you great satisfaction, though.
“Let’s dance!” you invited Taeyong when you pushed yourselves through the crowd and found a free spot among the dancing people, just enough for the both of you to move around.
Taking Taeyong’s hands into yours, you began to move to the rhythm until you let go of him and wrapped your arms around his neck. You danced up against him, totally immersed in a sea of loud music, flashing lights and the daze of alcohol.
The girls were long gone from your mind, but Jaehyun was still hard to forget. You had the feeling though that only if you danced and drank a bit longer, even that heartbreak would pass eventually.
But Taeyong wasn’t moving.
“Why aren’t you dancing?” you yelled at him. “Come on, I know you can dance! Dance with me!”
Despite your words, Taeyong continued to stand there as stiff as a board. “I… I don’t know where my boundaries are right now,” he stuttered, only clear enough for you to hear when you brought your ear close to him.
You laughed. “What boundaries? We’ve never had boundaries, Yongie! Come on, dance now!”
His hands found their way to your waist only reluctantly. “Because we’ve never been in this kind of situation.”
“Me getting cheated on and broken up with? For sure not. It’s been a three-year-relationship. If there is something to make me feel a little less miserable, then it’s this.”
You spotted Taeyong’s insightful smile as your syllables dragged out more, hinting at a certain sadness behind your strong voice. His fingers around your waist loosened up a bit and dropped further down to your hips.
“If you say you wanna dance, then I’m going to dance with you.”
You jumped up against him in excitement, and as Taeyong started to sway with the music, he calmed your motions simultaneously until you swayed together with him, body against body. You had hugged many times in the past as best friends, but this was something entirely different on which you couldn’t put a finger on yet.
As your head laid on Taeyong’s shoulder during a slower song, you met the gazes of the girls from before who were watching you from the sidelines. This time, you grinned widely at them, wanting to show off what they couldn’t have but was all yours.
“Let’s go get another drink!”
You guided Taeyong off the dancefloor with your hand in his, past the girls that were still staring at you, and ordered another two shots at the bar. This kept your alcohol level to the same as you returned to the dancefloor and continued where you had left off.
“To hell with this guy Jaehyun!” you announced solemnly.
You two danced body on body, made small trips to the bar every now and then to down a shot, and then returned to the crowd where you blended in together with the rest of the tangled bodies.
Every time you returned to the dancefloor, Taeyong’s once so tense hands loosened up more and wandered further and further down your hips until they landed where only your ex boyfriend had been allowed to touch you.
You didn’t mind. You even welcomed it highly, because it was the first time in so long that someone touched you so intimately who wasn’t your ex.
You responded to Taeyong with your fingers tangling into his hair, pressing yourself so closely against his chest that not even a sheet would fit between the two of you anymore. And Taeyong, in turn, responded to you by grinding against your hips.
“I don’t want to think about him anymore,” you whispered into your best friend’s ear.
You knew that it would only take you a few more drinks and a few more dance moves to reach that level of not giving a fuck. And Taeyong was apparently more than willing to help you out.
With his fingers now digging deep into your bum, he rocked you from side to side, his hot breath hitting your nape, and it suddenly felt wet, warm and soft all at once on that spot. It tickled, but it felt so good.
Had he just kissed your neck?
You didn’t know whether it was the music, the alcohol, the jealousy or your heartbreak that drew you into this haze. Perhaps, it was all of them combined that led Taeyong to spin you around until you were pressed with your back against him, and that led you to happily oblige when he pushed your ass down and rolled his hips with yours.
What was that?
It was then that you felt something hard that you had been trying to ignore for so long as Taeyong rolled into your cheeks to get the satisfaction that he desperately needed. You indeed had never had boundaries as best friends, and something inside you told you that you should probably set some now.
But the thing was…
…you didn’t want to.
Taeyong then stopped his movements and slid his arm to the lower part of your back, guiding you off the dancefloor. The girls from before were still in your way, but you didn’t see them this time as your eyes were all on Taeyong only.
Had he always been such a good and sensual dancer? Looked so good with his bangs swept off his forehead due to the sweat? Turned you on so much? And where the hell was he leading you to when the bar was at the opposite side of the club?
A moment later, you found yourself with your back leaned against a wall, and then felt soft lips sucking on yours.
You didn’t even need to open your eyes to know that this was still Taeyong, your best friend, who was kissing you. And you, his best friend as well, who was kissing him back. It didn’t worry you at all that he had taken this opportunity and you hadn’t even bat an eye.
As though it had been long awaited and anticipated.
Taeyong’s hard-on pushed into your pelvis, and you giggled inwardly when you took the freedom to buck your hips whenever he retreated just to tease him. He tasted of alcohol, but in a very sweet way, and you took his flavor all in when he inserted his tongue into your mouth.
If you had known kissing your best friend would be this enjoyable and intoxicating, you would have done it way sooner.
Before you would have gotten into a relationship of course.
When Taeyong pulled away, his mouth was smeared with saliva that he then wiped off with the back of his hand. You wanted to close the gap between you two right away again, taking a step forward, but Taeyong held you back.
“Do you still think of him?” he groaned, much deeper than you were used to.
You held onto his shoulders when he brought his head back to you, closing his mouth on the sweet spot on the side of your neck. Shivers again. And you wanted to feel your whole body shiver only from him.
Slender fingers crawled past the hem of your tight dress to the upper part of your thigh, resting there and then slowly stroking you so that you felt it tingling only a few inches upwards where it shouldn’t really tingle from getting touched by your best friend.
But you wanted more.
And Taeyong was adamant about giving you more.
You giggled to yourself when you bounced up and down Taeyong’s bed after he had thrown you onto the mattress. He crawled to you on all fours and attacked you with another kiss that let you sink into the pillow with your tight dress already off.
“That’s only a hindrance,” Taeyong had commented before he had peeled you out of the fabric by his entrance door already. “Even though you look absolutely hot in it. I was jealous of everyone who couldn’t keep their eyes from you.”
“You were?” you wanted to make sure in awe.
He had only broken through the approach of awkward silence, to which he wouldn’t have been able to find a fitting answer, with a kiss. Good for you as well, you had thought, as apparently, you hadn’t been the only one with a jealousy issue tonight in which you had not only noticed how attractive your best friend was to others, but to you as well.
Your mind was a big haze of desire and lust due to the alcohol, but it paradoxically let you feel everything more intensely - physically and mentally.
You couldn’t remember the last time you had shuddered from a man’s touch on your body, but Taeyong’s fingers on your legs and stomach now, the way they traced so tenderly along your skin, made you crave for more, to prolong every motion. But it also made you grow afraid, because you didn’t know how to stop wanting exactly that.
“Already so wet for me,” Taeyong noticed when his fingers halted in the slit between your legs, his other arm propped against the mattress for support. “You must have anticipated this.”
You wondered whether you had always longed for his veiny hands to graze along your stomach instead of handing you the plates when you ate dinner together. Taeyong looked at you from above, and you fluttered your lashes at him from your lying position, slightly taken aback by the realization that indeed, you had.
When you felt the familiar pressure between your thighs, your teeth sank into your bottom lip and you bucked your hips towards him. Taeyong let out a chuckle, and you could only see a hint of his smug expression from your viewpoint. You hadn’t been aware that he had been hiding such a sadistic side to him.
Taeyong’s fingertips then slipped under the fabric of your panties and buried themselves deep into your warm, wet flesh. Your back arched with his motions inside of you in the same angle as his curling fingers, and you couldn’t hold back a moan anymore.
“Oh, you sure must have anticipated this.”
A squelching sound indicated that Taeyong had smacked his lips in superiority, and you rolled your eyes. “Don’t think so highly of yourself. We haven’t really started.”
When had he gotten so smug? Or was it only a side shown in the bedroom that you had never gotten to see so far?
Another loud moan fell from your lips when he pushed further into you, then retreated again just to thrust right back the next moment. You clutched onto the pillow’s edges to the left and right of your head while, simultaneously, your legs fell apart as a beg for him to just don’t stop.
Taeyong had you whimpering and writhing, totally at his mercy within the next minutes, and when he hastily dragged your panties down along your legs that were already soaking with your juices, you then laid under him, exposed and stripped naked.
“Undress yourself too. It’s unfair.”
“Ah-ah.” He lifted a finger and an exhorting manner and shook his head.
Instead of undressing himself directly, Taeyong got on his knees next to you, sat up and reached for his belt. With quick grasps, he unbuckled the clasp and unzipped his jeans. Tugging down his boxer briefs, he revealed his dick that sprung free in front of your eyes.
You clicked your tongue, but were somehow turned on by his demanding tone as you got on all fours and dragged his pants down a bit further until the fabric draped around his thighs.
With your palms, knees and toes sinking into the mattress, you enclosed the tip of his cock after forming a circle with your lips and went all the way in until you felt him filling up your entire mouth. Then, you started bobbing your head up and down his length, taking him in fully and slowly letting him all out again with a slurp.
Both of Taeyong’s hands grabbed into the back of your head and pulled your hair together into a ponytail on which he held tightly while you kept sucking him. Every now and then, you paused your motions to give your jaw and neck a break, but those were the moments you enjoyed a lot more.
Because then, you were able to listen to Taeyong’s luscious moans while you only focused on the most sensitive spot. Your tongue licked over his glans along the frenulum, and you could tell from the way his hips jerked and his grip around your ponytail tightened, that it was his favorite part of the act, also.
“Enough…” he suddenly murmured under his breath, but didn’t let go.
And you didn’t stop. Instead, you were about to go in with deep throating now, but when you felt him hit close to a point that nearly elicited your gag reflex, Taeyong withdrew and said again, this time much louder,
You sat back on your lower legs and wiped with your forearm over your smeared lips to get rid of saliva and precum. Taeyong’s sweaty chest heaved up and down in excitement, and he looked at you with a grin.
“Enough, or else I would’ve cum already. Didn’t know you were so good at it.”
“More than ten years of friendship, and there are still some things we don’t know about each other, hm?”
“Seems like it.”
Taeyong took off his shirt and tossed it aside, and you sat back up, reaching out your fingers and trailing it along his torso where under his abs and tattoos, he was hiding hints of a six pack that you could only guess.
While your fingers rested on his chest and remained there for a little while longer, Taeyong’s hand grabbed yours, and he led it to his mouth where he delicately pressed a kiss on your knuckles.
This was such an intimate and also romantic moment amidst all drunkenness and silliness that you couldn’t help but to look into each other’s eyes and smile in fondness.
A stark contrast to what went down only moments later when you found yourself under him after he had tossed aside his jeans and boxers. You had already gotten a taste of how much space he would take inside of you, yet you still gasped when he stretched between your walls while he settled.
From the shy and reserved Taeyong, your best friend, was nothing left anymore. His thrusts were forceful and persistent from the very beginning as he moved in and out of you. But good for you, you weren’t quite feeling vanilla sex yet anyway at all.
The bed creaked under you in unison with your moans as Taeyong pressed his palm on your mouth to suffocate your screams. But you took it as a challenge to cry out in pleasure even more, biting into his finger just for fun.
“Ouch!” he cried out and stopped his movements, but smirked when he encountered your devilish mien. “You want it like that, hm?”
Taeyong’s hand wandered from your lips along your chin down to your throat. He clasped your neck with his fingers and started choking you, cutting off the air from reaching your lungs and only letting the bare minimum in as to not have you suffocate. He only stopped squeezing when you were close to not being able to inhale at all, and then started to thrust again.
A rattle from you suddenly turned him keen-eared, and worry was mirrored in his eyes that he directed at you, his grip loosening again. But you shook your head, signalizing him that it was okay with you to continue like that, you just had to get used to it.
The mixture of the pain applied on your throat and the pleasure of the deep thrusts that constantly hit you over and over again lured something out of you that you had wanted to keep hidden this entire time. Something so passionate, but also foreign to you, of which the impact you couldn’t assess yet.
Your eyes rolled to the ceiling, the pressure around your neck subsiding and returning more powerful each time Taeyong slammed back into you. You wanted to scream, but everything that came out were only gasps. The slight pain that had remained due to it being the first time for you having sex like this was not present anymore, and you were able to enjoy the act fully.
“Get up,” Taeyong then interrupted and withdrew.
You did as you had been told.
You did so again, getting on all fours with your backside facing him.
Your finger clenched around the sheets when he entered you from behind with a long push, and you let a long moan fall from your lips as he grabbed you by your hips and positioned you in the right angle in front of him.
Every strong thrust of Taeyong smashed your body forward, but his hands to the left and right of you made sure to keep you in place so that you wouldn’t slip off of him. You didn’t know when you had gotten so obedient as you were usually the more dominant and determining part in your friendship.
Perhaps, under such circumstances, everything was different.
And you were a sucker for it.
“AAAH!” you then shrieked as Taeyong ruffled your hair and pulled it together again.
Your neck bent backwards with his tight grip, and you were facing the ceiling again as he held onto your hair while slapping against your bum, now faster and more desperate than before. From the way his thighs shook and the way his breathing came in loud, irregular hitches, you could tell that he was close, and so were you.
“Too rough for you?” Taeyong then murmured into your ear, despite his controlling demeanor, letting concern slip and loosening his restraint on you a bit.
“No,” you brought yourself to admit with a pant. “Not at all.”
Taeyong smacked your ass cheek, and you gave out a shout, partially in surprise, partially in unexpected, but welcomed pain. Then, his palm came down at you again, then repeatedly, and you exclaimed every time, sometimes louder, sometimes softer, but he constantly knew that you had no indication to make him stop.
Prompted by the roughness and spurred by the approach of your release, your lust only increased to heights you hadn’t been able to reach before as Taeyong indispensably pounded into you from behind. Never had you moaned so loudly, screamed so long-lastingly, or wanted more and more until you possibly blacked out.
And you did all of that when you came with your head thrown back and an open-mouthed but silent scream, Taeyong following with a cry while buried deep inside of you.
He fell on top of you, back onto the sheets with heavy pants, you both catching your breaths with your chests lifting and sinking in fast paced unison until you had calmed down after a while.
“You’re… suffocating… me.”
With a laugh, you shook Taeyong off of you and he flopped onto the mattress while you also turned around to lay on your back.
“So, you were hiding your dominant side from me all along?” you joked.
“Well, there wasn’t a chance to ever show it to you.”
Unintentionally, in the process of shifting your positions, you had found your way into his arms with your head placed on his chest. He was holding you close to him, the silence that then enveloped you making it possible to listen to his heartbeat.
Taeyong’s fingers brushed through the messy streaks of your hair in a very delicate and gentle manner, one that was not humble or clumsy, but determined and confident. Not that rough and sadistic side from before either, though. It was the behavior of a young man who knew exactly what he wanted.
And now, it was you.
And you wanted it with the same intensity, with every fiber of your body as opposed to what you had expected before.
There it was again.
Something soft and wet pressed against your head. Had Taeyong just kissed your forehead?
You cuddled up against him, relishing in his arms and in this moment of unfamiliar comfort and warmth again that you had never encountered before. You drifted off to sleep with the wish that this feeling would never pass.
And another thing.
Yes, you could indeed pull him.
You woke up with a feeling like your head was going to explode.
Perhaps, that one drink last night had been one too much. But when you slowly opened your eyes and didn’t find yourself in your familiar surroundings, you were sure that it should have been at least ten drinks less to have prevented this from happening.
You had never had a one night stand before. Of course, you had been in a long term relationship for the majority of your college life and had lived a rather innocent life. But as soon as you had gotten broken up with, you hopped into bed with the first guy who hit on you in the club. But that had also been your intention, so there was nothing to regret.
Had it been good at least?
You slowly sat up and stretched yourself, feeling a bit sore and the first signs of muscle ache approaching, indications that it had indeed been a very good night, having let you forget about your heartache.
Turning to your right, you saw your nighttime partner’s head buried into the pillow as he laid on his stomach, irritated for a short second that he had the same hair color and cut as your best friend, but it was most likely only the bed hair. You gave him credit for not throwing you out right after the act though.
Regarding your best friend… You gasped in shock.
Had you just left Taeyong behind in the club, all by himself? No matter how grave your heartache was and how sympathetic he always reacted, you just couldn’t leave your friend behind! Bad conscience settled in your heart, and you turned to the bed’s side in search of your phone that you luckily found on the floor.
Strange. There wasn’t a single message from him.
You scratched your head and tried to remember the past night.
What came into your head were only flashes of bits and pieces. How you had drunk with Taeyong at the bar. The girls that had betted on pulling him. How you had danced together to make them jealous. How it had suddenly spiraled to something out of control.
Something that slowly came back into your mind.
Your heart nearly jumped out of your chest as your head jumpily shifted to the other side of the bed where your nighttime partner was still sleeping.
You remembered how you had been pressed against the club’s wall and gotten more intimate with your best friend than you had ever imagined. How his hands had stroked you under your dress in the taxi home. How hot open-mouth kisses had been exchanged in the backseat.
You gulped, suddenly clutching onto your phone like your life depended on it. You were purposely averting your eyes from the person next to you now as you let your gaze wander around the room.
Damn. You knew this room.
The crack in the wall by the door that had gotten overpainted with a doodle, the plant on the window sill that had been revived only a short time ago, the aquarium with the little fishes at the other side, and the small and big figurines from different animes adorning every spot that was still free.
“Shitshitshitshitshit,” you cursed under your breath.
Bringing your phone to your face and shutting your eyes, you smacked the device against your forehead as though to scold yourself for letting something as stupid as this happen.
“Was I so bad last night?”
His husky, joky voice pulled you out of your thoughts, and as you turned to Taeyong, he looked at you from the pillow through half-lidded eyes as though he wasn’t fully awake yet. He yawned with relish, burying his head further into the cushion.
“So… we truly had sex,” you tried to deadpan, but failed miserably, uncertainty making your syllables shake.
“Yeah.” Taeyong propped his elbows against the mattress and brought his upper body up to get on the same eye level as you. “So… is it okay for you?”
You didn’t feel regret. You didn’t feel disgust. If anything, you felt a comfortable warmth. And it seemed eerily familiar to you, yet still so foreign, because you hadn’t experienced that even with your ex boyfriend. What you were certain about was that you wanted to hold onto that feeling just a little longer.
In the end, you couldn’t give him an exact answer.
Perhaps, there was none needed anyway.
You put your phone aside and lifted the corner of the blanket. Crawling under the safety of the duvets, you dragged Taeyong down with you again and pulled the sheets over your bodies.
You then laid there together, side by side, gazing at each other. And slowly, a smile spread across his and your lips.
“Stay for breakfast?” Taeyong asked.
Suddenly, he was your shy and mild-mannered best friend again, flushing with reddened cheeks. Not for long again though, you were sure of that.
You nodded. For breakfast, for lunch, even dinner. You would stay.
No, there certainly was no verbal answer needed to the question whether this was okay for you. It came along with a warm kiss.
Yes, it was definitely okay for you.
At least that was what you thought as at this moment, a message from your ex boyfriend Jaehyun popped up on your phone that laid on the ground in which he explained that the girl who had contacted you had admitted to her lies.
But you didn’t notice it as you left your phone untouched for the entire day since the person you texted the most with was right beside you. If only you had seen Jaehyun’s message before, you would have probably changed your mind about it.
But it came just at the right time.
With a bit of a delay.
Just like the realization that perhaps, the person you felt most drawn to was the person who had been by your side all along.
No cus dom nerd mark like are u kidding meee. u think he's so vanilla and awkward because he's quiet and shy in class but next thing u know he's smiling into ur neck while pounding into u from behind
oh you got me FUCKED up.
you’d think slightly lowly of him, not pay him any mind. It’s how he gets you to fall into his trap, letting you think he’ll let you take advantage of his kindness when he offers to tutor you at his place. In mere minutes he will have you bent over his desk, cocky smirk on his face while he changes his tempo from deep slow strokes to a much higher and faster one. the ledge of the desk will leave an imprint on your thighs, digging into your flesh with every ministration. he finds it amusing when you begin to tear up, going absolutely stupid over his cock with drool dribbling down your chin.
summary: after years of putting up with Haechan teasing you for being a good girl, you get to prove him wrong at one of his concerts.
pairing: rock star/bad boy!Haechan x fem!reader (ft 00 liner dreamies voyeurism)
genre: smut w/ lil plot
trope: bad boy, enemies to lovers
word count: 3.9k
a/n: dedicated to the anon from december that pointed out Haechan’s jeans in 127's Earthquake track video said “prove it” !!
warnings: unprotected rough sex, thigh riding, exhibitionism, voyeurism, tiny degradation, humiliation, me pushing the Haechan big d!ck agenda yet again, hard dom!Haechan, bratty sub!reader
Going out on a Saturday night isn’t exactly your cup of tea. You’d much rather stay home, cozy up on the couch and rewatch your favorite comfort shows. But, given that your three closest friends happen to be in a rock band, you make an exception every once and a while. Your fee for tagging along to their shows is the promise of free food at the end of the night and this time they offered you two free meal vouchers if you came to their largest gig yet.
They were lucky enough to open for a very popular rock band and once their set was over, they merged with the swaying hordes of people swarming around the stage to watch the famous group up close. You lag behind to touch up your makeup in the large, empty dressing room reserved for Renjun, Jeno, Jaemin, and the obnoxious vocalist of the group, stalling before you have to join the rowdy crowd. You consider staying within the safe confines of the four, vintage tour poster covered walls until...
“Unbelievable! I never thought I’d see you backstage at one of my concerts.”
… speak of the devil.
Haechan leans his shoulder against the doorframe with a smug smirk that you wish you could wipe off his face. He makes eye contact with you in the dressing room mirror rimmed by dull, yellowed light bulbs. “Especially in a dress like that. Isn’t a good girl like you breaking the rules by wearing something that s/ut- oh, wait! I totally forgot I can’t use bad words around you. I mean something that skimpy?”
You scoff at the vulgar comment from the poster child of silver spooned, self-entitled fuck boys. It doesn’t take 20/20 vision to spot the filthy flicker in his gaze as it sweeps up and down your body shamelessly.
“I’m not here to see you. I was here to see my friends that are, unfortunately, in the same band as you. And for your information, I’m allowed to wear whatever I want.”
He makes no effort to hide that his eyes linger on where your dress ends. It’s a mere two inches below your ass, although that’s not an exact estimate. He would have to stick his hand up your dress to measure the distance with his own fingers to be sure, something he wouldn’t mind doing if he gets the opportunity.
You inconspicuously check him out too. Inwardly, your mouth is watering but after years of pretending to be an angel way back when in high school, your controlled expressions make it so he doesn’t have a single clue what you’re feeling at the moment. The wild butterflies in your abdomen flutter faster with every millisecond you’re admiring his body. It feels like you spend a hours looking at him when in reality it’s 2.5 seconds.
You have always had a soft spot (or should I say hot spot) for the “bad boy” rocker look. Something about the black-on-black attire, dangly jewelry, smoky eye makeup and leather jackets turns you on for whatever inexplicable reason, and Haechan is the embodiment of your explicit fantasies.
There’s very little variance in his daily attire; he goes from black shirt to band shirt to even darker black shirt; he’ll wear a lowkey matching necklace and earrings set one day and then out of nowhere, he’ll sport a flashy combination of real silver and gold bracelets, necklaces, earrings and rings worn all at once. At the moment, seeing the silver chains dangling from the braided choker wrapped around Haechan’s neck is nearly hot enough for you to swoon over. And last but not least, to top it all off, he completes your fantasy with one of his two signature black leather jackets. Even when it’s blazing hot outside, it’s extremely rare to not see him at least holding one of the prized articles of clothing. If someone were to ask about the one he’s currently wearing, he would proudly tell them the Alexander Mcqqeen jacket carries the price tag of $4.2k. But at the moment, it’s not the jacket that compels the tightness in your core.
As much as you love his favorite pair of terribly ripped up, black skinny jeans, the new ones he’s wearing tonight instantly take the crown of first place arousal provoking. The detailing of the new jeans is the thing that corrupts your pure thoughts.
It's borderline pathetic how easy it is to imagine yourself straddling Haechan’s thigh, grinding your slit against the ribbed texture as your wetness seeps into the faded black material. Random patches with vague superficial sayings on them are sewn into the new pair of jeans at his thighs and the thought of how those would feel on your clit stirs up a giddiness in your chest.
Haechan doesn’t fail to catch your giddy, longing gaze accidentally shining through the indifferent facade for a millisecond. A bright smile spreads across his face, noticing your eyes zeroing in on his jeans, solving the mystery of your weakness, and confirming his suspicions that you had a thing for his thighs. There was a reason he wore these jeans tonight. Against your best interest, you took the bait just as the mastermind had planned when he wigged them up his long legs this evening, hook, line, and sinker.
“Mmmh, well I like it. I think you should dress like this more often,” he suggests in a provocative voice.
Blinking a handful of times, you get a grip on your full consciousness and return to swiping a tube of shimmery lip gloss over your lips. “Well, I think you should keep your opinions to yourself,” you reply.
You can feel his thirsty eyes undressing you from behind as you go about collecting the remaining cosmetic products laid out on the wide vanity table and storing them in your small makeup bag. Ideally, you would’ve zipped it up quickly and evaded the premise but, of course, at one of the worst times imaginable, the metal zipper gets stuck on the matte bag. You groan and fiddle with it, paying no attention to the pestering nuisance’s movements.
To Haechan, there are very few things in this world that are more entertaining than provoking people to visible irritation, bonus points if he gets swatted or yelled at by whomever it is he decides to target. In terms of his all time favorite individuals to tease, you're one step behind Mark and Renjun, and a hair ahead of Jeno and Jaemin.
There’s a difference between the reaction he’s looking for from them versus the reaction he’s looking for from you. Eventually there will come a day where he’ll do or say something that will push you past the point of no return. Maybe, just maybe, that day has arrived already. And quite frequently, the word “maybe” gives Haechan the green light to go ahead with whatever or whomever “maybe” pertains to.
And that’s the color that flashes before his eyes right now.
“Isn’t it past your bedtime, sweetheart?” he asks, suddenly caging you in against the table from behind. Both of his hands have a secure hold on the edge of the white, wooden vanity so you can’t escape.
You gasp but, to his surprise, don’t hesitate to roll your hips back, raise one of your eyebrows. Indulging his rash advances, you grind your ass into his growing bulge harder. “I don’t have a fucking bedtime, Haechan. Stop treating me like I'm six.”
“I’ll treat you however I want to, sweetheart,” he snickers with a dark, threatening tone, latching his hands onto your hips. He tugs your body closer to his before pulling away momentarily to point at the decorative bow sewn into the dress over the small of your back.
“God, why is your dress like this? You know what? I should go get some scissors,” he half-jokes.
The sleeveless, strappy black dress your roommate loaned you had a low drooping neckline, a strappy, loose back and was adorned with tiny beads that dotted the material in simple circular patterns. The final touch to the dress was a large, thick bow that protruded out from the dress over an inch. You can understand why it would be annoying to grind up against you if it meant the stiff bow would be poking you. and your roommate loaned it to you to wear as a deterrent if someone tried to grind up against you for more than two seconds.
He removes both of his hands and pulls on the bow, falsely assuming it would unravel, without knowledge of it’s superficial purpose as decorative addition to the dress only. “First of all, it’s not my dress, I borrowed it from a friend… and secondly, I-” you say before slipping out from where you were pressed against the table. Haechan doesn’t stop you from reaching the door and twisting the knob. “Like the design. And weren’t you the one who said you like my dress before?” you tease before you close the door behind you.
It’s not that you don't want to fuck him, it’s that it didn’t feel like the right time. You don’t know what you’re waiting for exactly since it’s clear that there isn’t going to be some predestined sign that spells it out for you.
You’ll know it when you get there, you resolve.
Cracking the backstage door open to see the rowdy crowd, you realize that lagging behind in the dressing room was one of the worst decisions you’ve ever made. You originally planned on finding Renjun, Jeno and Jaemin but now that you’ve been exposed to the jam packed condition of the concert hall, you reason that to merge with the rabid crowd would be too big of a hassle and settle on hanging around the very outskirts of the hall until it’s over in a half hour.
Out of the corner of your eye, you spy three muscly men wearing shirts that have “SECURITY” printed in white, block lettering across their chests. You look away for a one mere moment before checking their location again and discovering them to be headed in your direction faster than you initially thought. They are carrying something you can’t identify in the dark until their proximity is too close for comfort unexpectedly. You give them more space, immediately stepping out of their way as they haul three steel guard rails, presumably headed to the front of the concert hall. Stepping towards the wall and facing away from the intimidating, macho looking men as they go by seems like an okay idea at the time but that’s before you feel yourself gravitating in the direction they are carrying off the precautionary measured objects.
It crosses your mind that the dark, booming atmosphere might have blurred at least one of the security guard’s depth perception like yours had been. The man at the tail end of the metal barrier didn’t know how close you were to the rail but it wasn’t solely him blind to their careless mistakes. The entire trio were carrying the rails forearms-length away from their bodies, meaning they could have easily hit someone going by. In your case, the cost of their negligence was your dress. Only your ears hear the awful sound of fabric being ripped, the blame to be placed on one of the outstretched hooks on the guard rails that caught on the large bow protruding from the back of your dress. To your horror, you realize that your modesty will foot the bill quicker than you can escape the crowded concert hall to hide in the private dressing room.
With every step further, the back of your dress is ruined a little bit more. The decorative beads that were dotted along the thin material pop off next, dropping like the embarrassed, frustrated tears threatening to mess up your makeup. Any damage dealt by the potential cosmetic mess on your face can’t hold a candle to the horrifying moment your saturday night outfit would be completely ripped down the back. If the booming music wasn’t so loud, you would have heard each and every one of the plastic beads hit the dusty ground and roll out of sight. Even louder than the blasting tune of rock music, you could hear the blood pounding in your ears, faster than the most skilled guitar player could pluck the instrument’s strings.
The garment is barely hanging on your body, maybe a dozen seconds or so from being left in tatters as the security personnel move closer towards the stage. You envision the back of the dress splitting in two down your spine. Your hands would be gripping what was left of the dress in an attempt to keep the most private parts of your body concealed. You try to tug on the looped material of the bow, wishing it would unhook the unreasonably durable string of the decoration and the metal hook but the caught decoration won’t budge. To make matters even worse, your mistake causes the tear to change course. It rips around your body and, because the universe has something against you tonight, and is on track to steer up through the valley of your breasts quickly
You come to terms with the imminent, ghastly humiliation, the possibility of it slipping off in the front and exposing your breasts to the concert goers because you tried to hold the back of the dress instead and failed to get a good grasp on both sides or the opposite scenario of holding the front and your backside being revealed for every stranger nearby to gawk at. Holding what you can, you squeeze your eyes shut and wait for the full exposure that never comes.
A warm leather jacket is thrown over your shoulders while a pair of scissors snips the horrifyingly sturdy bow to free you of the gravitational pull towards the stage. “You’re lucky I found a pair of scissors in the back,” Haechan mumbles in your ear from behind you.
The leather jacket he wore today is long enough to stretch almost the same length that your tattered dress does- or did. But being a tiny bit shorter than that one, when you push back against Haechan, your nearly uncovered ass grinds against his erection again.
You didn’t expect to feel like the right time would be 10 minutes after your first sexual moment but you also didn’t expect something as dreadful as your dress being torn to bits would happen tonight either.
Haechan reaches around your front side and thumbs your panties to the side. He licks his lips sliding his fingers through your wet folds. “Already so wet, huh?”
“Just fuck me already,” you huff.
Why deny your body of what it's been thirsting over for far too long?
“Wooaah, please?” he teases with mock astonishment in his tone. He bends down to sweep your panties down your legs, helps you step out of the soaking lingerie and shoves them in the pocket of the leather jacket for safekeeping... a keepsake, if you will.
“I love hearing you use the-” Haechan sinks his cock into you roughly and without giving you time to adjust to his breathtakingly large cock. “-magic word.”
He wastes no time working his way up to a steady rough pace, ravaging you with stinging, hard thrusts and stretching out your walls. You loll your head to the side when the pain fades away, providing Haechan with sensitive skin to nibble on.
A good number of the concert goers that stumble by are too drunk or high to notice the way you twitch every so often from him vigorously rubbing your clit. It’s the sober attendees that you need to look out for, the ones that might put two and two together and figure out for themselves that he’s using your pussy rough and dirty.
actually, why not let them look?
They should be so lucky as to get a brief glimpse of the action that’s going down right here, right now in the middle of a packed concert hall. What a stunning sight to behold, you imagine. You’re almost jealous that you’ve never had the privilege of watching a couple fuck in public. Although, you know for sure that the thrill of some stranger perhaps watching you fall apart on Haechan’s cock is 1000x more thrilling than seeing somebody else doing the obscene deed in a place they certainly shouldn’t be.
“You like it like this, huh? Like it when I fuck your cunt in front of all these people? I bet everyone that walks by can hear you whimpering even with your pretty mouth closed,” Haechan whispers in your ear with a gruff tone.
“Ha! You’re trying seriously trying to tell me you don’t-”
You elbow his upper shoulder harder than he anticipated you could. “Stop cutting me off.”
You don’t need to turn around to know he’s sticking his tongue into the inside of his cheek out of irritation, annoyed by how much you’re talking back. He didn’t predict you would be so bratty beforehand and though it made him want to punish you to the point where you couldn’t walk tomorrow and it would be painful to sit down, his arousal was on par with that desire to put you in your place.
“Aw, sweetheart, you’re cute when you’re angry,” he coos. Something about his voice tells you that you just sealed your fate for something that will most definitely be done to you later.
Haechan is the first to spy three pairs of keen eyes gawking at you two through the crowd. They’re three pairs of eyes that can read you like an open, erotic book. They know your body language and facial expressions well enough to instantly identify why your body is trembling, and why your lips are curled inward in an attempt to suppress screaming their bandmate’s name.
Your body is suddenly rigid, almost paralyzed when you see Jeno, Jaemin and Renjun staring at you and Haechan a minute later. “Awwww, what’s wrong, y/n? Don’t want your best friends to see me using you like a little slut in front of everyone?”
“I think, um… that’s-” you mumble. You're at a loss for words momentarily, dizzy from the feeling of his cock before coming to your senses.
“You- you- you think that what?” he mocks your stutter.
“Ugh, shut the fuck up,” you snap.
“Ha! Someone’s being pretty bold tonight.”
You scoff. “No, you’ve spent all these years thinking you knew someone when all you saw was a target.” You push your hips back, fucking yourself on his cock without him having to do the work for a moment. “And I was thinking ‘is that all you got?’”
Haechan slows his pace into shallow thrusts. “Trust me, sweetheart, you can’t handle all of me. I’m trying to be nice here.”
“Wow, for once in your life you’re trying to be nice to me.”
“God, y/n. If you want me to be mean to you just say it,” Haechan huffs, irritably.
“Why are you getting mad at me? I thought I was the prude and you were the experienced, slutty expert here. Shouldn’t you know what I want, hmm?”
“I know everything about you, y/n. Everything.” Haechan inches his hand around your waist until his fingers meet your uncovered clit again. He aggressively rubs messy circles around the sensitive spot and quietly snickers tauntingly when your body twitches in his arms.
“Y-you don’t know sh-shit about me,” you quietly snivel.
“Well, all I know right now is that you want me to make you come. And you're in luck. I've decided that I'm going to be very very nice tonight," he says, accelerating the pace he pumps inside you rapidly.
It feels both exciting and embarrassing that Jeno, Renjun, and Jaemin watch Haechan fill you up as if viewing VR porn in real life. Haechan alternates between sucking on your neck and biting the impressionable flesh in several different spots simultaneously, burying his cock inside you as people walk by. The lead singer of the band sticks to his promise, pounding your core mercilessly until you’re holding on by a thin thread, using all your might to hold back the floodgate of pleasure for just a little while longer. You're practically drooling over the entire scenario and noticing his band members have all been palming themselves through their jeans is your last straw.
“You should’ve fucked me sooner,” you hiss over your shoulder as you come undone with one final harsh thrust from Haechan. Your orgasm roars through your body while he continues to rock in and out of your slick hole as fast as your heart is beating.
Flexing every muscle in your body prolongs the pulsating high. Your warm walls spasm around his large cock, ultimately compelling Haechan to release inside you significantly earlier than he imagined so many nights prior to this glorious one. His hot cum fills you up, painting your walls with white. A melodious, high pitched noise spills from his lips, and you fear that you might develop an addiction to that pretty moan of the vocalist's. “How does that feel, sweetie? Being full of me like this.”
“Feels amazing, baby,” you sigh dreamily, content with the warm sensation.
Haechan responds with a happy hum. He holds the base of his cock to slide out of you and the sticky mess he made inside you quickly follows. Cupping his hand over your entrance, he collects some of the cum leaking from your throbbing hole. “I like when you call me baby.”
“Yeah?” You spin around to face him and feel a little of what was remaining inside you start to trickle down your thighs. You put one hand over his heart while the other holding the flaps of the leather jacket together. “I knew you would like it... baby.”
The corners of your mouth curl up, provoking another annoyed tongue into the cheek expression from him for the umpteeth time tonight. His eyes travel south to your parted lips. The fluttering in your abdomen has never been more intense than the handful of moments he dedicates to fixating on the faint glimmer of the red strobing stage lights reflecting off of the surface of your glossy mouth.
"God... fuck it," Haechan curses before sacrificing his ego to feel your lips on his. He firmly grips the back of your neck with the hand that isn't coated in a mixture of his cum and yours, and pulls you in for a passionate kiss.
For years, neither one of you wanted to be the poor soul to take the leap, too stubborn and prideful to set aside the seething animosity that brewed for an eternity. But Haechan's impatience betrays the unspoken promise he made to not divulge the real reason he's been taunting you since day 1.
You pout when his tongue leaves your mouth after a dozen seconds, still needy for more. He snickers at the reaction to his withdrawal, laying his head on your shoulder lethargically. A comfortable silence settles between you and him, despite the atmosphere having anything but those two words.
Haechan takes a deep breath, stamina restored and sex drive replenished. “I hope you're not tired, sweetheart… I wanna see you come on my thigh next."
yoooo happy 2022, you guys!!
this impulsively written fic broke my writer's block! how has it taken me this long to write an enemies to lovers Haechan fic??? who am i???
to those disappointed the first thing i'm posting this years isn't watch me or pt 3 of white lies: i’m still chipping away at them but they'll need a lil more time in the oven before i consider them fully baked & ready to pull out. watch me is closer to completion though so white lies loyalists don't be surprised if you don't get pt 3 before end feb-early march ish
please wear a mask when you're around people you don't live with and i hope you + your loved ones are/stay healthy!
© 𝟐𝟎𝟐𝟐 𝐦𝐚𝐫𝐤𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐨𝐧𝐚𝐭𝐞𝐬, 𝐚𝐥𝐥 𝐫𝐢𝐠𝐡𝐭𝐬 𝐫𝐞𝐬𝐞𝐫𝐯𝐞𝐝.
you and jaehyun had broken up, both too wrapped up in past traumas that definitely affected your relationship. he was clingy, maybe too clingy for you but that was due to him feeling like everyone in his life always ended up leaving him and you couldnt deal with physical affection, because you were taken advantage of whenever you allowed anyone the chance to touch you. twisted enough, this developed into an intense kink for you; you wanted to control how much one could touch you, so you were into tying up, chaining. you always liked inflicting pain on others, not anything too crazy, some slaps, a bit of spanking, both you felt like you wanted to inflict on another and you wanted one to inflict upon you.
sex with him was great, no doubt, but you had all these things you wanted to do and were too scared to talk about with him and you felt like he was holding back in some way and because of this your sex life kinda crumbled.
tonight, you were ovulating on the verge of crying because your body desperately needed to be fucked. it always was the worst at nights, you wanted him to fuck you, wanted him to fuck you so hard and make you apologize for things you hadnt even done. you had been holding out for a couple months on contacting him, not wanting to make him feel like you wanted to use him and his ‘tools’, but tonight you couldnt think of surving the night without his large hands all over you.
convenient enough for you, his was your neighbour. you two had been avoiding each other since the break up, kinda waiting to see who would make the first move, sad enough you had to admit, you were going to have to be the one to text him first.
“come over, now” was all you sent, you decided to skip the formalities, your body not allowing you to waste anymore time
“what? are you confused” was his response, you were taken aback a bit by it, but you had needs that needed to be satisfied.
“jaehyun just come over okay, need you”
it didnt take long for the tall boy to climb through your window, as soon as he made it through, you fell to your knees, pulling his sweatpants along with his boxers down his thighs, his pink cock springing out, hitting your chin as a greeting.
funny enough, he didnt question you at all. he let you grope you and stuff himself into your mouth on your own. he’d be lying if he said he didn’t miss this, that he wanted to do all these things to months ago
you couldn’t help but moan at his taste or rather just the feeling of him on your tongue, thick and heavy. whenever you have oral you did it for your own pleasure, you made it feel good ofcourse but you just enjoyed the process, the taste, him thrusting himself down your throat, the spit and the tears, all made it more enjoyable.
you stood up, feeling your self drip onto your tiles, you turned him around and pushed him onto the bed climbing him like a tree, positioning his cock at your entrance.
he stretched your walls to fit his dick, the perfect fit, until now he muttered his first words to you, “such a good pussy for me”, it’s as if those word motivated you to ride him with such eagerness. you decided to test the waters, sliding your hands down his chest to grip his throat only then you realized such a freak the man you were fucking truly is. he rolled his eyes back fucking up into your quenching pussy.
you truly wish you opened up sooner.
“You’re doing this too well” - j.jaehyun pt.2
Pairings: Brother’s best friend! Jaehyun x fem! Reader
Warnings: language, sex, teasing, moaning, groaning, cock teasing, a little fluff in the end, Jaehyun being a cutie at the end ^.^
Word Counts: 1.2k
Summary: You came back for round two and it turns out to be a cute little relationship in the end.
You were waiting for Jaehyun for over two hours, you started to grow more impatient. You storm to your brother’s room where the two were busy yelling at the screen as they battle against some other players.
Jaehyun glances at you as he continues playing. “Oh hey, I forgot you existed” your brother quick remark made you hit him.
“Hey careful, this is a $200 headset,” he said as he push you away. You sat down behind him next to Jaehyun.
You rest your hand over his thigh and begin rubbing it. You mouth ‘I’m horny’. Jaehyun smirk and nodded but he kept playing.
“What are you even doing here?” Johnny ask you but his head was kept on the screen.
“I want to watch you both play,” You said. Johnny scoffs, “you don’t even like it when we play, ‘you’re too loud” He said in a high pitch voice to mock you. You hit the back of his head.
“Who are you rooting for us or these losers?” He asks, the sound of their fingers hitting the controller buttons filling the air. You ran over his cock. Jaehyun purses his lips as he looks down at your hand.
“You both suck” you didn’t care at all but you kept teasing Jaehyun’s cock.
“No, Jaehyun tell my sister how good of a team we make,” Johnny said enthusiastically. You look at Jaehyun, “Yeah Jaehyun, tell me.” You bit your lips as you unzip his jeans.
“A-ah,” His breath hitched as he felt your hand making contact with his hardened cock. “Cat got your tongue?” You whispered to him. Jaehyun bit his lips.
“We actually beat a lot of teams before them, if Johnny would try harder we would’ve won already!” Jaehyun finally let out. You chuckle quietly, you notice Jaehyun was getting uncomfortable with your teasing when his friend is right there.
You move his headset to the side, “come on or else I’ll fuck you right here” you kiss his ear. Jaehyun swallowed his saliva and nodded.
“I’ll meet you, go” he whispered back. You nodded and left the room. You waited outside your brother’s room for Jaehyun.
The door swung open, Jaehyun smile when he saw you waiting for him. As soon as he closes the door you smash your lips against his. Jaehyun chuckles as he kisses you back.
Jaehyun lead you back to your room. You close the door behind you and push him into your bed. You giggle as you straddle over him.
“Shhh, Johnny going to hear” Jaehyun shush you. You gasp, “you didn’t complain earlier” you whispered back.
Jaehyun scoffs and cup your cheek and kiss you back. “What do you want to do baby?” He whispered in your ear. Your smile as you bit your lip.
“Depends, do you want to ruin your friendship with my brother or do you want to fuck me hard and my brother can hear me” You tease him as you grind over his hardened cock.
He traces his index finger over your lips and down to your neck. “I don’t fucking care, I just want you” he breathes out as he flips you over.
He took off your shorts along with your underwear. You giggle as you watch him unbuckle his belt. He kept his eyes on you.
You tease him by playing with yourself. You watch him take his pants off and throw them to the side. He begins pumping his hard cock with his hand. You flip the two of your over. So you straddle him again.
“Tell me you want me” he commended. You could feel his cock underneath you, waiting to put it inside of you.
“I fucking want you” you respond. Jaehyun smirk, showing his cute dimple. Jaehyun align his cock with your fold you went down on it earning two moans between the two of you.
“You wanted me so badly and now you got me” you lean into his ear. Jaehyun ran his hands over your back and begin thrusting back and forth on him.
Jaehyun groan as he felt you go in deeper. “Come on baby, I want to hear you moan” as you pick up for pace. Jaehyun grabs your neck and flips the two of you.
“You look so pretty taking my cock” he groan as he thrust inside of you. He grabs your thigh and pushes it against your chest, making him go deeper into you.
“You feel so good” he moans as he closes his eyes feeling yourself clenching around him. You grab his shirt pull him towards you, you kiss him hungrily.
Jsehyun’s tongue battling against yours while his hand roaming around your body. You felt him getting sloppy as you stare into his eyes. Jaehyun's breath got heavier as he felt he was about to come.
You stroke his cheeks with your thumbs and clench your walls making him groan. You felt him hitting your spot as you grip his shirt tighter. “I’m going to cum Jae” you moan. Jaehyun picks up his pace.
You grip your bedsheet tighter and close your eyes. You release yourself, Jaehyun pats your cheek to make you open your eyes to look at him.
Once he felt you dripping he lost his thrusts, “Fuck I think I love you” he whispered and came. He rested him on your shoulder. You stroke his brown locks and poke his dimple.
“So, you love me?” You ask, teasingly. Jaehyun chuckles, “what if I am?” He preps himself up to look at you.
“My brother wouldn’t like that” you touch his pink lips. “But what do you want?” He asks you. You swallowed down your saliva. You look at his eyes and his beautiful milky skin.
“I want to be with you,” you said softly. Jaehyun smile and leans in for a soft kiss.
Johnny bang on your door as you and Jaehyun snap your heads towards the door. “If you two love birds are done, it stopped snowing, let’s get shoveling,” he said behind the door.
You and Jaehyun look at each other and chuckle. You didn’t expect your brother to know about the two of you. It wasn’t like you two were hiding it anyways.
The two of you got changed and met your brother outside. It feels so awkward, your brother glaring at the two of you as you both step outside.
“First, I’m not mad at all. It’s Jaehyun, who wouldn’t want to hit that” your brother begins. You look up at Jaehyun who was behind you, smiling.
“Second of all, if you guys are planning to have sex, keep it down will you?” Johnny begins to shovel the snow on the sidewalk. “You nasties.”
“Third of all, if you ever disrespect my sister Jaehyun, I don’t care how good-looking you are, I’ll ruin that pretty face of yours” he pointed at Jaehyun with his shovel. Jaehyun put his hands up in defense.
“I got you, Johnny, I would never,” Jaehyun said as he pick up a shovel and help Johnny out. You watch the two of them try to shovel the same spot when there are more square feet to shovel.
“I love these two,” you said quietly and run into the two of them and tackled them on the snow.
“Chill! I got snow down my ass crack!” Johnny push you off him as you landed on Jaehyun. He waved at you. You lean in to give him a quick peck on his cheek.
𝐒𝐔𝐁𝐌𝐈𝐒𝐒𝐈𝐎𝐍 𝐂𝐎𝐋𝐎𝐑𝐒 (I)― MARK.
"Purple has always been your best choice, but you look so perfect when we choose rainbow..."
You and your best friend had rules that made sex even more surprising.
Even though you've known each other for so long, the colorful friendship never turned into anything different than expected.
Even so, you loved it.
Mark knew how to be the best for you, in every way. Since when he chose the color purple and then his entire body was scarred with his fierce and strong slaps.
"Y/N, you have no idea how beautiful you become when my hands touch your body like that."
He knew that such acts and words had an enormous effect on you. He also knew that one of his weaknesses was his voice. Everything about Mark made you the most submissive, but his voice was always fatal.
"If you say that again Mark, I'll let you pick one more color today. So what do you say?"
Mark Lee would love to see you so needy for him. He was fascinated by your way when she wanted more and more of him.
"Hmm, I don't know. Would you? Would you leave any color? Really?"
"Of course! But please, Mark. Just repeat those words to me. I need to hear your voice again."
Mark smiled at how silly you were that night, begging for those words. He lifted you up and pulled you close to him.
"Y/N, come here! Let me kiss you?"
Mark's hands, once fierce, were now gentle. His touch on her skin and then her face was so soft it felt like a daydream. His lips touched and once again, Mark surprised you.
He was really perfect.
"Your lips! Oh! Y/N!"
"It feels so good to feel you like this, so close. I need to have you so badly. I want to be inside you right now."
With a smile, he understood that you wanted him inside you too. You always looked forward to the next moment with your best friend.
Mark was so big, so fascinating.
"Can I Y/N?"
"Fuck, you don't know how beautiful you are."
"M-mark! Fuck me now!"
Mark was sinking into your entrance hard, the way the color purple also allowed.
The rules of the two of you gave all that new meaning. It wasn't just sex, you were experiencing something new every time you saw each other and it just made it incredibly delicious, perfect.
He held your waist while you sank into his lap. It was faster and faster and you wanted it more and more.
"I'm so close, Y/N! What about you? Tell me you are too. I want to cum along with you. Please!"
"Cum on me! Totally mess me up, Mark!"
Exhausted, you lay there and talked. In your head, you were already imagining what the next date would be like. You had promised Mark the option of choosing any color.
Mark was also thinking about his chance to choose this time. Thoughts of him rose in her gaze.
You didn't know it, but he was more eager than ever to have you again and fuck you like never before.
Don't let the fear of striking out, hold you back!
➝Welcome Dear Nctzens to the first ever Collab hosted by me,@neozhoen . This Collab is based on NCT U(Let's play ball) members,the famous baseball team of Neo Culture Institution of Technology.
The mandatory theme is only that your chosen member has to be a baseball player in NCIT. The rest of the storyline,genre,plot and everything is up to you. Your story can be of any type.It can have angst,smut,fluff and literally anything.
→First come,first serve! There will be 9 spots open as I,@neozhoen won't be participating in the Collab. Dm me or send an ask to secure a spot if you want to participate.
→ Strictly!Minors do not interact. Since my blog is a mature blog I would suggest minors not to participate in this Collab.
→No member X member is allowed. Your main focus has to be on your chosen member. Only reader X chosen member should be the pairing.
→It is allowed to add deaths,gore plots etc in your fic. Smut is allowed. But all the triggering subjects must be mentioned at the beginning of your fic as warnings.
→The minimum word count is 1k and there is no maximum word count. So write as much as you want to. ^^
→Make sure to remain respective and friendly towards the others in the community or else your participation will be terminated.
→The due date is December,2022. But if you need time,you can contact me to get your due date adjusted. The last drop out date is July 2022. Inform me if you want to drop out,no hard feelings<3
→For any further inquiries,dm me @neozhoen without any hesitation. I'm always open for interactions and help.
→Optional but follow me @neozhoen for further notices regarding the Collab and I would highly appreciate you if you have discord so that we could easily communicate about the Collab in there after you've participated.
→Also it would be of great help if you could reblog this for a larger platform.
Thank you so much<3
Slots Open : 7
✧KIM DOYOUNG :
✧KIM JUNGWOO :
✧MARK LEE :
✧XIAO DEJUN :
✧LEE JENO : Taken by @lavendernavi
✧LEE HAECHAN : Taken by @sibehpoor
✧NA JAEMIN :
✧LIU YANGYANG :
✧OSAKI SHOTARO :
[5:45pm + Jaemin//Jungwoo//Taeyong + Smut]
Jaemin te saboreia sem rodeios, mãos firmes prendendo suas coxas de forma que você abafe o rosto dele. Cada lambida pressionada no seu pontinho te faz espasmar no colo de Taeyong. Ele, que beija seu pescoço e ombros, demorado, engole seus gemidos com os lábios. E tem Jungwoo. Que está centrado em te fazer se contorcer, cada vez que chupa um dos biquinhos dos seus seios.
Você é o brinquedo favorito deles. Assim como eles, o seu.
— Jaemin — clama, tentando se desvencilhar. — Eu quero você! — Ordena.
Os outros dois afastam-se atentamente, ao que Jaemin te carrega entre os braços, toda molinha e louca para sentar. Se joga no colchão, fazendo com que seu peso o esmague. Você logo enfia a língua na boca dele, entrelaça os dedos em seus fios escuros para dominar sua boca, e senta de uma vez só. É maravilhoso. Ele geme, alto, arrancando suspiros de Jungwoo e Taeyong, que só podem invejá-lo no momento. As mãos deles não se comparam com a satisfação que é estar dentro de você, sentindo seu aperto, seu calor e sua umidade. Você senta, sentindo Jaemin te comer com deleite, ao que ele responde cheio de expressões, a testa franzida, a boca aberta e o olhar de entrega pura. Ele ama um escândalo.
E ama ainda mais quando você fica de quatro e joga os quadris contra os de Taeyong, vendo-o se agarrar desesperadamente em você, implorando para gozar. Ou segundos mais tarde, quando está sobre o colo de Jungwoo, gozando em seus dedos longos.
Do jeitinho que você gosta- Dery e Dejun
Hendery e Xiaojun (wavy•nct u)xvocê| +18| hétero
Notas: num sei oq falar, só quero és dois p mim, boa leitura e perdoe qualquer erro.
Sua língua deslizava dentro da boca de hendery num beijo gostoso, sentia sua cintura ser agarrada e sua perna ser levantada.
Estava de ladinho, entre o corpo de xiaojun e Dery, a perna era segurada pelo mais velho atrás de você enquanto o outro enfiava os dedos dentro da sua intimidade, te deixando pronta e ainda mais molhada.
- princesa, você deixa a gente entrar junto?- xiao disse mordiscando seu ouvindo e sorrindo cúmplice para hendery que retirou os dedos os levando a sua boca, fazendo você sentir o próprio gosto.
- deixa amor, por favor. Dery beijou sua bochecha- a gente vai fazer gostosinho, do jeitinho que você gosta, e quando a gente terminar vamos dormir agarradinhos. Suspirou exitada e contraiu a buceta em volta do nada, como poderia negar isso para os homens que eram tão bons pra você, virou a cabeça pra trás e beijou dejun e logo em seguida fez o mesmo com hen a sua frente.
- eu deixo. Disse manhosa, a buceta exposta escorrendo de excitação.- por favor, quero agora.. Dery, Dejun preciso de vocês. A frase deixou ambos ainda mais excitados, hendery se esticou e pegou o lubrificante na cômoda, espalhando de forma afobada o conteúdo no próprio pau e no pau do amigo.
- eu vou entrar primeiro tá ? Xiao disse roçando o pau entre seus lábios, você soltou um gemido que foi calado pela boca dele a medida que sentia a cabecinha do pau adentrar no seu interior, alargando aos pouquinhos, entrou até a metade para dar espaço ao Dery.
- eu te amo tanto, tanto, você é tão apertadinha amor. Gemeu no seu ouvido fazendo um arrepio correr pelo seu corpo. Agora só faltava o wong, que posicionou o pau na entrada e foi colocando,o lubrificante ajudou bastante na hora para que o pau entrasse facilmente, dividindo espaço com xiao, apertou os ombros de Dery e jogou a cabeça pra trás sentindo ambos dentro de si.
- tão pequena, tão apertada. Hen disse gemendo.
Apartir dali moveram-se devagar mas fundo, grudadinhos a você, te beijando com carinho e paixão. Era isso que lhe deixava mais exitada conforme as estocadas se tornavam rápidas. Os seios batiam no peitoral do Dery enquanto sentia a mão de Dejun, que trocou com o amigo na função de segurar sua perna e agora deslizava pela barriga, apertando o volume formado no seu ventre.
- ahh ......t-ta tão b-bom. Movimentou um pouco os quadris tentando contribuir. - n-ão parem por f-favor.
- calma bebê, a gente não vai parar não, tá muito gostoso, não se precupa.- Hendery disse entre os gemidos.
- fecha os olhos, shhhh, relaxa a gente vai fazer assim a noite inteira, vamos fazer do jeito que a nossa neném gosta.
E fariam, fariam a noite toda, até que não tivessem mais forças e depois cuidariam do seu corpinho mole e dormiriam juntinhos como prometido.
thinking about mark’s progression from being slightly intimidated by brats to making them regret underestimating him and i’ve got my head in my hands rn because Wow 😔
dude . . your mind?? so strong and large
like the thought of him really not knowing how to handle your behavior until he realizes that it’s literally just how you show you want him to pay attention to you and then he goes through a whole crisis bc he’s like ?? should i just give them what they want ?? and ofc the answer is no he should make you work for it
but he really does go through a whole period where you were so unknowingly frustrated over him ignoring you lol
Sunday Kind of Love : Frat Mark
⇢ Synopsis: Mark is fine with having a crush on the girl in the library. He’s fine watching her from afar. And he’s fine with never speaking a word to the girl who he spends many nights chasing in his dreams. But fate, and a few nosey frat brothers, think Mark would be much better if he was forced to talk to the cute girl from the library that he can’t seem to get out of his head.
⇢ Pairing: Mark x fem!reader
⇢ Genre: slow burn, comedy, smut after 30k of pining.
⇢ Warnings: inexperienced/soft reader, frat nct, extreme pining, tooth hurting sweetness, the softest boy in the world, a love so pure it’s going to hurt you, oral (f/m receiving), dry humping, tiddie worship, multiple orgasms, switchy/no bdsm role Mark, etc...
⇢ Word Count: 35.7k
⇢ Tropes/AU’s: Frat au!, slow burn, soft boy x sweet girl, library romance, frat found family, general frat shenanigans, etc...
⇢ fic music inspo: Sweet boi (chevvy) - Flaming hot cheetos (clairo) - Pink bubblegum (lavi) - Sunday Kind of Love (Etta James) - I’m Yours (Jason Mraz)
Frat NCT Au Masterlist HERE
Donate with Paypal
Donate with Kofi
Donate by adding to this month’s medical fund
(what is this?)
But on a very real note guys, please don’t read this without donating at least $1. I’m struggling more than i can even say (all info on that here). if i cant find a way to make some money to support myself off tumblr, I might have to delete my account :/ i am struggling every day. $1 would make a world of difference. This fic took me upwards of 50 hours to complete.
If you don’t have any money/means of donating- please feel free to read the fic as long as you give it a lil reblog and maybe a cute tag- It would still help me immensely :) if you’re struggling like i am- financially, or with mental health- please don’t feel pressured to support me right now :)
1: Thursday - October 23rd
“I’m not telling you who she is, or you’ll do something weird.” Mark states firmly as he leads Jungwoo up the campus library steps. “I told you I’d walk with you here, but now you have to leave me alone, and go work on your project.”
“But I wanna see the pretty girl.” Jungwoo whines, which always draws a few eyes of people in the surrounding area, a few girls looking over and making heat flare across the Canadian’s skin. Usually Mark caves under the pressure of people watching a six foot two puppy man make baby faces at him, but today the Canadian music theory major stands firm.
“No.” Mark adjusts the baseball cap on his head, shielding his eyes from his friend and pushing his glasses back up his nose. “Have fun on your group project”
Mark leaves Jungwoo in the entryway, heading up the stairs two at a time. He reaches the third floor with record speed, and the Canadian weaves his way through tables and students until he finds the section you’re almost always sitting at.
It’s a large enough room that Mark generally feels comfortable enough to test fate and get away with being on the edge, close enough to you most days, but far enough that to a normal person, it wouldn’t look like he comes here for you… which he does.
Your designated study spot is close to the windows, at a small table that’s usually not full, but Mark has never had the courage to ask to sit with you. He enjoys his space by the vending machine where he spends too much money on snacks to chase away hunger after hours spent sitting here, unwilling to leave until you have, even though it’s not a competition… it’s not, Mark just can’t stand the idea of leaving first some days.
Today, Mark settles in like normal. He pulls out his book, then his laptop. Next comes big headphones, which he has on him at nearly all times. There’s a brief internal conflict on whether or not he’ll take off his baseball cap or let the hat, glasses and headphones crush his head- although, he has been told on numerous occasions that his head is a little too large, so perhaps some squeezing will do him good-
Movement catches Mark’s eye and he watches a lost looking Jungwoo appear from the opposite way Mark had come- Jungwoo truly hadn’t been lying when he’d said he’d never been to the Library- and is approaching… you?
Mark sits there, gobsmacked, as Jungwoo casually takes the chair across from you as if it was his to begin with. Leaning forward, Jungwoo launches into an animated story, and the Canadian is pretty sure he hears his own name once- twice- three times before Jungwoo takes a breath and seems to ask you a question.
Mark can’t believe he’d turned down Jungwoo’s offer of being study buddies.
Well. He can. The idea of heading over to your table is horrifying.
As the initial shock wears off, all of Mark’s grand ideas dissipate as sense takes over, and soon, he’s back to being ultra comfortable in his seat by the faithful vending machine.
2: Friday - October 24th
“So Mark takes me to the library, and I offered him to come study with me and my partner while we worked on our project, but Mark wanted to go look at his crush-”
“Did you see her?”
“Lucas, shush.” Jungwoo rolls his eyes. “Anyways, Mark ditches me and I go work with my partner for like four hours. Then my partner has to leave because she had dinner plans-”
“What?” The Canadian perks up at what ‘dinner plans’ could mean.
“Mark, it’s my story.” Jungwoo scolds, shushing his friend with a light push to the shoulder. “Anyways, she leaves. And I was pretty hungry so I was thinking ‘what should I eat?’ And I passed a vending machine! So I stop, and guess who’s sitting there? Mark Lee!”
All the eyes shift to Mark, who is already blushing. He can feel his ears turning red with heat and he looks down, not willing to meet anyone's gaze.
“Turns out, my partner, who he didn’t want to come hang out with, was Mark’s crush! And he sat by the vending machine and watched us for four hours!”
“I did not.” Mark says, and he hates how unconvincing he sounds. He can’t look up, face hidden by a dark green ball cap, which only makes his heated skin stand out more to the men around him.
“He probably studied a little.” Johnny suggests, mouth half full of ice cream from where he’s sitting on the counter by the fridge. He’s sweaty from a workout, his muscle shirt inside out to betray the exact form of cardio to all his friends, none of whom have the balls to tease the largest frat brother in the house (especially when it’s from something involving his girlfriend, who he’s quite protective of).
“Yeah.” Mark says, “yeah! I did study!”
The Canadian heads to the fridge. He’s not hungry, but he wants to be closer to Johnny, who won’t make fun of him for any of this, and is the only person who hasn’t overtly pressured him to reveal your identity-
“So who’s your partner?” There’s the question - directed at Jungwoo, who is notorious for being terrible at keeping secrets.
And who does it come from?
Nakamoto fucking Yuta.
Ever since Yuta set his best friend up with Jaehyun, the three of them have been ‘on the prowl’ (well, Jaehyun less so much) looking for a cute girl to set Yuta up with.
Mark doesn't think Yuta will purposefully hit on you, but he’ll come around to say hi one day and then boom- you’ll fall in love with the man who looks like an anime prince and can say ‘I love you’ in something like six languages- as can most of the guys here, now that Mark thinks of it- so yeah- Mark can’t let you anywhere near his super hot frat brothers.
You already looked pretty smitten with Jungwoo, if Mark is being honest with himself. His hand finds the back of his neck and Johnny notices his friend’s mood has shifted, his body getting closer to the Chicago Native who shields him by swiftly changing the subject of the conversation.
“Guys, leave Mark’s poor crush alone.” Johnny’s tone is joking, but his voice draws all eyes. And his body language must express that he’s not joking, because Jungwoo puts his phone into his pocket immediately.
“Is anyone actually going to Haechan’s presentation pregame tonight? Pretty soon it’s going to be Presentation Pregame and Drunk Poker.” Johnny says.
“Don’t give him ideas.” Doyoung’s stern voice announces his presence before he swiftly enters the room. He heads to the fridge, pushing past Mark and pulling the hood of his hoodie down to expose hair still drying from the man’s morning shower. He opens the fridge to begin the next part of his ritual: making breakfast.
“Did you hear the worst part?” Lucas says as he shovels a spoonful of cereal into his mouth, squishing it over into one cheek to speak. “No girls allowed.” He goes back to happily munching, looking around as if it’s the craziest thing ever suggested.
Everyone looks at him for a moment. He’s in dark checkered sleeping pants and a black muscle shirt, his dark hair wet from the shower and someone’s black rimmed glasses perched on his nose to set off the more angular side of his features. He’s a vision, and it takes a full moment for anyone to say anything due to the sheer striking effect of Lucas’s morning visuals, that no one was expecting or prepared for.
“Camping was no girls allowed.” Johnny points out, referring to the trip they’d gone on only a short time ago. Mark and Haechan had shown up late because the Canadian had been at the library and lost track of time while you both studied- Johnny wonders if it’s because Mark wanted to sit near you- maybe Mark does have a problem.
“Except Yuta brought his girlfriend, and then Jaehyun ended up with her!” Jungwoo points out, always the lover of gossip, and this turn of events had shaken him to the core when he’d found out about it. He’d always thought Yuta would end up with his best friend, not Jaehyun. It’s the only time in Jungwoo’s life that his match making senses had been off - there’d been the time he’d been in a weird game of seven minutes in heaven and he’d taken one look at Lucas and his best friend at the time and said: “They’re going to fuck for sure.”
He’d been right. Of course.
“Should we invite Mark’s girlfriend and see if he ends up spending the night with her?” Yuta smirks, always the type to tease. He reaches out and pinches at Mark’s cheek. The Canadian smacks his hands away.
“She’s not his girlfriend yet.” Jungwoo insists loudly, looking down at Mark in a way that makes Mark kind of mad.
Johnny hops off of the counter, drawing everyone’s attention. “Guys. Who’s presenting tonight?”
“Haechan himself, obviously. The first presenter sets the standard and he’s the one who came up with his whole presentation night thing.” Doyoung says as he finishes with his cream cheese and toast with five perfectly sliced cucumber medallions, turning to swiftly leave the room in the same manner he’d entered it.
“Will you be there?” Johnny calls as Doyoung gets farther away, almost out of ear shot.
“Someone has to chaperone.”
3: Saturday - October 25th
“You can’t be serious.” Yuta groans when he watches Mark drag himself out of bed on Saturday morning before noon.
The time could be eleven AM, three, five- it wouldn’t matter, Yuta is done for the day before it even starts, and they both know it.
Presentation night had gone… well, technically, it had gone terrifically.
By the time Haechan was even starting his presentation, which included sparklers and a podium Haechan brought in specifically for the event, a few of the younger men (newbies to legality), were giggling with tipsiness.
“The best frat vacation trips, ranked by me, the star character of all of them!” Haechan had announced, “Opening with number one! The trip where we purposefully left Doyoung in an Ikea parking lot in the middle of Sweden.”
Things had erupted after that, naturally, as Taeyong had spent two days convincing Doyoung that they hadn’t left him on purpose- and to his credit, Taeyong hadn’t left Doyoung the way the rest of them had- he’d been too drunk at the time to remember Doyoung’s existence.
The mere thought of the night before makes a shiver run up Mark’s spine, the taste of tequila flaring across his tongue- had he brushed his teeth before Johnny carried him to bed? He has some memory of Taeyong poking at his teeth, but he can’t quite remember if it had been with a toothbrush or a mozzarella stick.
“I have to study.” Mark says as he grabs his backpack, slinging it over his shoulder before adjusting the hoodie covering his form.
“Liar.” Yuta groans, rolling onto his stomach and hiding under his blankets.
“I’ll bring you back some lunch on my way home.” Mark promises, feeling a little sorry for his roommate, who had been going hard with his drinking in the month and a bit since school started up again.
Mark’s not sure what’s up with Yuta, but he knows there’s definitely something troubling the resident anime prince.
The frat is quiet as Mark walks, heading down to pass through the kitchen and fill his water bottle. There, he bumps into Johnny, who agrees to head with him to the library before going on his morning jog.
Like their frat house, the campus is mainly deserted on the early Saturday morning, and Mark prefers it this way. He’s often busy reading while he walks, catching up on class content, or responding to group texts, and the abundance of skateboarders and other students who drive multi wheeled vehicles always stresses the Canadian out.
Mark enjoys the morning light peeking through the clouds to signify the start of the day. The air is crisp, just the way he likes it, and the leaves that scatter the walkways betray the season.
“What are you going to be for Halloween?” Johnny asks, mind on a similar topic to Mark’s as the two frat boys head across campus.
Mark shrugs, playing with the straps of his backpack. “I hadn’t thought much about it.”
“But your crush is coming right?” Johnny’s elbow nudges into the Canadian’s side, and Mark shuffles a little to the right as they walk, keeping him out of range of any future nudges from the tall man who never seems to know his strength.
Mark shakes his head, “I hope not.”
“It would be weird if she was there.” Mark isn’t able to really verbalize why it would be weird, but the thought of seeing you in a crowded room, surrounded by people, is so much different from the way he often pictures you at your desk with your eyes fixed on a book. He enjoys the aesthetic of you, the calmness- it’s something he’s unable to really find anywhere else, given the fact that at any given time at least two guys are probably getting laid in his house, and likely five others are doing something just as crazy that Mark wouldn’t want to walk in on-
He really wants to keep you in your own special little library box, and Mark really dreads the notion that you’ll continue studying with Jungwoo on the project the two of you are working on. He hopes it will be over soon, and that things can go back to normal, with you being his safe, pretty, little crush, that he doesn't have to share with the world, let alone his frat brothers.
4: Sunday - October 26
On Sunday morning, Mark wakes up feeling refreshed. Yuta often sleeps with the window open, and it had rained the night before, allowing the scent of fall to be carried in along with the cold.
Sitting up, and running a hand through his dark locks, Mark’s eyes find his roommate’s bed empty. This prompts Mark to rise, goosebumps erupting over the bare skin of his chest when he reaches for his glasses next to the window, the air caressing his skin as if to say hello.
With a groan, Mark shuffles over to his closet, grabbing a NCT House hoodie. When Mark leaves his bedroom, his head half through the hole of his hoodie as he pulls the fabric over his body, he bumps into Shotaro. Managing to get clothes fixed, Mark follows Shotaro down the hallway, “have you seen Yuta?” he asks, shocked a little at the coarseness of his voice.
“He’s making brunch.”
Mark pulls out his phone in confusion as they trudge down the stairs, “it’s only like ten though.”
Yuta is rarely awake on weekends before noon, and if he starts being mature now, Mark might have to pull up his own big boy pants- something he’s not very excited to do, given the fact that there is always at least one house mother in the form of Taeyong or Kun who is willing to baby any frat boy unwilling to leave behind the mannerisms of their teen years.
“Mama Jae is here.” Shotaro responds quickly, and suddenly everything clicks into place.
‘Mama Jae’ is the new name Yuta has given to his best friend, who happens to be dating the resident soccer team Captain. She’d always been a big presence in the frat, as Yuta’s best friend, but now that she’s over to see Jaehyun even more-
Well, if there’s one thing Yuta will get out of bed for, it’s his best friend, and Mark enters the kitchen to find ‘Mama Jae’ stirring a pot while Yuta rolls around with a blanket on the floor.
“So when you said ‘Yuta is making brunch’-” Mark grins, drawing the eyes of the half asleep, obviously moody man on the floor.
Shotaro smiles softly, setting a massive container of Kimchi onto the counter- it looks like the one Haechan usually stores in his room, and Mark worries Yuta may have sent his poor little (frat brother) on a fool's errand in retrieving it, because when Haechan finds out it’s been taken-
“Hey mama Jae.” Mark smiles softly at the girl who turns to wave at him from her cooking.
“Mark, I’ve told you a billion times, you’re allowed to call her mommy Jae if it fits your kink better.” Yuta says from the floor.
“God, it’s not even ten and we’re already talking Mark’s mommy kink?” Jaehyun sighs as he enters the kitchen, immediately walking up to his girlfriend to slot himself behind her at the stove, pressing a kiss to her cheek that has Yuta making a gagging sound that Mark doesn’t quite believe.
“I don’t have a mommy kink!” Mark groans, starting to think that a McDonalds McMuffin might be a better option to food with the boys if it means he’s going to be ripped on for a kink that he’s never even indulged in-
“Prove it!” Yuta screams back, his usual response when mommy kink gets brought to the table.
“I hate to say it,” Jungwoo’s voice enters the fold as the tall Mechanic Engineer takes a seat next to Mark at the kitchen counter, “but I’m starting to think this mommy kink thing might not be real.”
“What makes you say that?” Yuta sits up, gazing at Jungwoo quizzically.
Jungwoo shrugs, reaching for an apple sitting on a fruit platter Kun diligently keeps stocked for the ‘growing boys’ who generally prefer minute made ramen. “His crush isn’t a mommy type at all.”
And he would know.
“She’s not?” Yuta cocks his head.
Mark feels a little bad that he really hasn’t informed his own friends on any details pertaining to his new library dream girl.
Jungwoo shakes his head again, “she’s very baby.” He responds. “Very cute. The kind of girl you just wanna squish-”
“Hey!” Mark pushes at Jungwoo’s shoulder, unable to allow his friend to talk about you in any more detail.
“Tell me you don’t wanna just rest your head against her boobs-”
“Jungwoo!” Mark screams louder, standing up while heat flares across his skin, his hands forming fists at his sides.
But Jungwoo will not stop.
“And when she wears her cute little preppy outfits-”
Mark groans, throwing his hoodie up and over his head before pushing his glasses back up his nose, “I’m going to McDicks.” He announces.
“Mark, he’s just joking-” Jaehyun tries to talk the Canadian down, his red ears betraying his anger to everyone in the room, but Mark is already closing the door to the frat house shut behind him.
5: Monday - October 27
“Mark, trust me.”
“Trust me.” Jungwoo says again as he pushes the Canadian down the hall towards the area of the library where his study buddy is waiting.
“What’s the worst that could happen?”
“You decide you like her, and flirt with her right in front of me while I have anxiety and can’t even speak, and look really stupid-”
Jungwoo scoffs loudly. “When has a girl ever not fallen for the whole ‘I'm cute and Canadian, and stutter over my words around pretty girls’ thing you do?”
“It’s not a thing!” Mark insists, “that’s just how I am around cute girls!”
“Oh.” Jungwoo frowns, “well, it better work.”
Mark’s feet stop moving when they reach the study room and his eyes land on you. You’re already in your little corner, your books set up, three empty seats around you at the table-
“Mark, come on!” Jungwoo insists again, grabbing onto Mark’s forearm to drag him the rest of the way.
“I really don’t want to-” Mark groans, but then you’re looking up at him, a curious smile on your face as you nod to Jungwoo before returning your gaze to Mark- and the Canadian’s words die down in his throat. He licks his lips, suddenly aware of how thirsty he is- and he makes a grab at his backpack while Jungwoo pulls out the seat next to you.
“Y/N this is Mark. Mark this is Y/N.” Jungwoo says, waving a hand. “He’s going to study with us, that’s okay right?”
You nod, looking up at Mark, who nearly chokes on his water when you ask, “don’t you usually study by the vending machine?”
Trying to swallow and answer you quickly, Mark ends up sitting down in the chair across from you, fumbling with his backpack, his laptop, and the water bottle that he almost sends spilling across the table. “I uh-” Mark adjusts the baseball cap on his head, hoping to hide his ears, which he can feel are hot with nervousness. “Yeah, I study- I study near the vending machine sometimes.”
“You usually have big headphones?” You point out, looking at Mark with these big eyes that make him just wanna droop to the floor and crawl away from this entire situation because god damn, you look so pretty, and you’re trying to talk to him and he doesn’t even know English at this point-
Mark nods, swallowing thickly.
“He’s a music theory major.” Jungwoo says smoothly.
Mark is shocked at how your face lights up, and his heart lurches in his chest, his own passion for music blooming at the notion you’re kindred in your love- suddenly he wonders what you listen to, what music you like- do you like poetry music? Or things with fast beats?
He wonders if you’d like any of the music he makes when his head gets so full with sound that the only thing to do is to get it out- then he remembers at least five of his most recent songs are about you, and how badly he wants to just-
Mark grabs at his pencil, thumb repeatedly clicking at the button that controls the small stick of lead inside.
He’s been lusting after you for two months now, and something like shame washes over him at the fact that he has music, explicit music, about you- and this is only the first time you’re speaking. To be fair though- in Mark’s songs, it was never so much about what either of you were saying- so much as it was about where Mark was focusing his efforts to earn your pleasured sounds-
You let out a sigh, sitting back in your chair and turning to Jungwoo, “I did some prep for today, but after rereading the assignment, I think we need to change the angle we come at it from.”
Mark has no clue what you’re even talking about, but he doesn’t care, he could watch the way your lips move when you speak for hours.
The Canadian reaches for his water bottle, sipping it eagerly, trying to calm himself down while you and Jungwoo begin your work.
To Mark’s great surprise, even with you sitting right across from him, he’s able to focus on his work. When he’s near the vending machine, he’s constantly looking up at you, but seated across from you- it makes it easier in some odd way. He feels the comfort of your aura, and your voice illuminates the periphery of his mind as he works on reading music theory essays, keeping him engaged and grounded even when the words on the page threaten to simply be unretainable.
Before Mark even knows it, the light outside is dimming and he’s onto his last essay before he has to start thinking of his own argument for a paper- but he honestly doesn’t have the brain power to do the last reading.
Instead, Mark pulls out one of his ear buds, adjusting the way he’s sitting and drawing the eyes of you and Jungwoo, who have been extremely focused this whole time.
“Are you done for today?” Jungwoo asks.
Mark nods, “you?”
“Almost.” You respond, letting out a soft sigh for the second time today, a sound that Mark eagerly eats up. “But I think I might read this last paper at home.” You reach out and close your laptop before stretching your arms over your head, groaning again, “what are you two doing after this?”
“More studying, after a movie and maybe some food.” Mark responds.
“Are you hungry?” Jungwoo asks, turning to look at you.
Mark holds his breath, waiting on edge for you to respond. It’s obvious Jungwoo means to invite you to get food with both men on their way back to the frat, and Mark isn’t sure if that sounds like a wonderful idea (because more time with you), or a horrible one (because he’s been on edge this whole god damned time and he needs to just let out a breath and collapse onto his bed and wrap his fist around-)
“I think my roommate made dinner actually.” You pull out your phone, eyes scanning it.
“Yeji, right?” Jungwoo asks, and Mark perks up at the mention of the pretty nursing student who is in and out of the frat with some frequency- specifically Lee Jeno’s room.
“And you said you’ve never been to the frat before, right?”
“Gosh Woo, I don't like where this is going.”
“I’m just trying to invite you to the Halloween party this Friday.” Jungwoo assures you, and Mark doesn’t like the way his hand reaches out to cover yours on the table, “I know you’re all study study study, but come hang out sometime, it could be fun.”
“But I wouldn’t know anyone-”
“You’d know me, and Mark!” Jungwoo points out, “and Yeji, and I'm sure you’ve met Jeno.”
“I have.” You confess, and Mark notes the way you avert your eyes- if Jeno behaves in any way similar to the way he does at the frat, Mark guesses you’ve probably not only met Jeno, but seen a lot more of him than you probably would have liked to.
“What would I even go as?” You ask.
“Lots of things!” Jungwoo says quickly, launching into his list of top outfits worn by people to frat Halloween parties in the past. “You can even come in a onesie, or borrow the Pikachu onesie kicking around the frat, and I'm sure someone would be your pokemon trainer!”
Mark laughs at this suggestion, and the way your face drops at the notion of needing a trainer.
“What are you going as?” you ask, throwing Mark onto the chopping block.
“Erm- I don’t know.” Mark pulls at his hoodie, dragging it away from his chest to give him more airflow across his skin- every time you look at him, he gets this pang of warmth, and it’s starting to get a little uncomfortable.
“Didn’t Johnny want to be ghost busters this year?” Jungwoo asks, cocking his head at Mark, who has been known to go along with whatever outfit someone hands him the day of.
“Maybe- but I think his girlfriend was going to go as a powerpuff girl or something and Johnny weaseled his way into that.”
“Is he going as the dad?” Jungwoo laughs as he begins packing up his stuff.
Mark shakes his head, also giggling. “He’s going as the green powerpuff girl.”
“Of course he is.”
Mark shrugs, “it’s an easy enough costume right? A green outfit?”
“Do you think he’ll try to get his girlfriend to let him wear the green sequence dress she wore to be the frat’s Saint Patrick’s day Beer Queen?” Jungwoo questions, his eyes suddenly lighting up with excitement.
Mark scoffs, shaking his head, “no way.”
“Going as the green powerpuff is actually kind of smart.” You say, and Mark looks to you, waiting for you to explain. “It would be good to go as something with what’s already in your closet, you know?”
Jungwoo nods enthusiastically, “so you could be a powerpuff girl, or wear all black and be a witch- or dress all in orange and be an orange crayon-”
“Or maybe Velma from Scooby Doo.” You suggest, leaning forward to rest your chin on your palm, “or Daphne with purples.”
“Those would be good!” Jungwoo smiles, standing up and slinging his back over his shoulder, “just come to the party on Friday?”
“Fine, maybe I'll let Yeji drag me with her.”
Mark also stands, assessing you, “do you need us to walk you home?”
You shake your head, “I live close by.”
“You have a place in the new building- the one with the pizza place under it right?” Jungwoo asks.
“It’s on our way- are you sure you don’t want an escort home?”
“I’m sure. But thank you.”
Leaving you sitting at your little corner table is harder than Mark imagined it to be, and as he and Jungwoo go down the stone steps leading to the library, Mark considers you in a Velma or Daphne costume.
Again, he’s hit with that confusing feeling of being excited but anxious, and the butterflies stay fluttering in his tummy the entire walk home.
6: Tuesday- October 28
Mark sneaks a look out the open pub door that allows a draft to flow through the busy Tuesday Trivia night event. It’s raining, and the noise of drops on cement carries in too, a pleasant ambiance as Mark’s frat brothers hurry to answer trivia questions next to him.
Mark’s never cared too much about trivia night, but he sees where Haechan’s drive comes from- everyone sees it when Haechan grabs his equally competitive girlfriend at the halfway point and they disappear into the toilets for the intermission.
While it’s nice to see all his friends be taken and have girlfriends, Mark has been feeling more and more lonely. Yuta is always date crashing his bestie and Jaehyun, Johnny is always working or with his girlfriend, and Haechan’s version of a good hang out is playing video games and screaming at the other players on coms for five hours straight… or aggressively and loudly screwing his girlfriend anywhere in the frat he pleases.
Mark’s hobbies have always been somewhat solitary. He enjoys reading, and playing guitar, but lately he’s been wanting to share these with someone- it’s one of the reasons he’s taken to studying in a library and not his own room- well, that, and the fact that Jungwoo is in constant need of cuddles the moment Mark steps foot in the frat house, and sometimes Mark simply does not have the time to put down his textbook and dote on the six foot puppy boy… or one of the other men who always find themselves drawn to the Canadian and in ‘need’ of his affection.
Haechan collapses onto the bench next to Mark, and this draws the Canadian’s attention from the open door- where he may or may not have been kind of hoping for you to walk by- and no matter how coincidental and one in a million this daydream might be, Mark’s eyes follow anyone who passes by the open door.
“Ready to carry the team, Markie?” Haechan asks, his hands finding Mark’s shoulders to briefly give him a massage that says ‘go get em tiger’, and Mark adjusts his posture, sitting up better while he plays with the straw in his long island iced tea.
“I’m not even that good at the music round.” Mark reminds his friend, eyes moving to where Johnny is preparing to get their trivia night on the go again after intermission.
“Says the music theory major.” Haechan scoffs, leaving one arm behind the back of Mark’s shoulders while he uses his left hand to reach for his beer.
“You know I hardly listen to the radio anymore.”
“Because it messes up your thought process, I know.” Haechan rolls his eyes, sighing. “When are you gonna get tired of writing simp songs about wanting to eat girls out, and get back on the mainstream stuff so you can help us win trivia more often?”
“I don’t write simp songs.” Mark states, but the heat rushing to his ears betrays the lie in it, if his voice hadn’t already.
“Oh really mister ‘head between your thighs while I stare into your eyes’-”
“Hey! That’s not my song!” Mark insists, “that’s Lavi- he’s just… a big inspiration.”
“I'm sure he is. Like that cute girl at the library. She’s the one with the ‘pastel skirt, long socks and no bra’ right?”
“Not the no bra part.”
“Not yet anyways.” Haechan grins, clinking his glass against Mark’s before taking a sip. “So what’s the deal with that though? Jungwoo said he invited her to the party on Friday?”
“Yeah, maybe- she might come.” Mark leans forward on his elbows, taking his baseball cap off with one hand to allow his fingers to run through his dark locks with the other, groaning before adjusting the hat back on his head.
“That’s good news!” Haechan says enthusiastically, and Mark really loves how much his friend tries to find happy things in everyday life- Haechan really is a happy virus, and Mark would be lost without him.
“I guess.” Mark shrugs.
“You’ll get to dance with her- that’s nice! And then- you can do whatever it is you do with women that makes them all so hopelessly whipped for you.” Haechan chuckles, nudging his friend with his shoulder.
“Women don't get hopelessly whipped for me.” Mark insists, but he can’t help the smile that makes its way onto his face as he looks down at his drink.
“Fix your glasses or learn to read situations better Mark, women are always whipped for you.” Haechan tells him, plucking the circular spectacles off of Mark’s nose to try them on himself. “Fuck dude, you really are kind of blind, huh?”
Mark snatches his glasses back, “am not.”
Haechan simply laughs, shaking his head at his friend. “So what are you going to go to the party as for Halloween?”
“So many questions.” Mark sighs.
“Did your crush say what she would go as?”
“Maybe Velma or Daphne from Scooby Doo.” Mark answers immediately, enjoying questions centered on you more so than himself.
“So here’s the plan-”
“I didn’t ask for a plan.”
“So here is the plan!” Haechan says more forcefully, setting his beer down with enough force to gather the attention of a few of their friends. “We bleach your hair blonde-”
“We’re bleaching Mark’s hair?!” Ten is suddenly very interested, and he turns his whole body away from looking at Johnny, to put his intense gaze directly onto Mark.
“We’re not bleaching my hair-”
“He’s gonna be Fred from Scooby Doo for Halloween to hit on his library crush, who’s gonna be Daphne or Velma.” Haechan tells Ten quickly.
“Ooh, that could look really good!” Ten nods, “so like, a honey blonde?”
“Guys- I’m not dyeing my hair.” Mark says, feeling panic begin to rise in his tummy as more frat boys tune into the conversation.
“Dying your hair is fun.” Taeyong says from across the table, offering a small smile.
“Wait, hyung-” Ten grabs at Taeyong’s arm, “aren’t we maybe going to split dye your hair red and white for Halloween so you can be Todoroki from My Hero Academia?”
“I wasn’t sure if you’d have the time.” Taeyong answers swiftly- never the type to bother or infringe on his friends and their day to day lives.
“We’ll find time.” Ten assures him, “Mark, we can dye your hair at the same time if you want.”
“Are we ready for the musical round everyone?” Johnny’s voice saves Mark from any further discussion, and everyone turns their attention to the charismatic man with the mic. Mark’s always thankful for Johnny, who always seems to be saving him, even when it’s unintentional.
7: Wednesday - October 29th
“I just- what if she comes and then likes Yuta- or Jae-”
“Jaehyun’s taken.” Haechan interjects, stopping at a tree on the side of the hiking path to press his hands against the moss, picking at it and making a face. “Does this look like the moss in the picture?”
“No, it’s too dark.” Mark says, quickly looking down at the lab sheet he’s holding on a clipboard. “When I did this course in first year, I think we found the right moss down closer to the water.”
“So why did we hike up?” Haechan asks angrily, his hands grabbing at the straps of his backpack in a way that makes Mark concerned for their sandwiches inside- they would definitely get squished if Haechan decided to have a full on tantrum and throw the bag down-
“Because-” Mark flips to the second page of the lab form, “we also need to collect some more leaves-”
“More leaves?” Haechan throws his hands up in despair as Mark pulls the ziplock baggie with five different leaves in it out of his pocket.
“There’s always more leaves.” Mark sighs, knowing how tedious this lab was for him when he completed it.
“And there are always more fish in the sea Mark,” Haechan matches the Canadian’s defeated tone, “but you’re never gonna catch the fish you want without throwing out some hooks.”
Mark narrows his eyes at his friend, who begins to continue up the path, his hiking boots creating indents in the rain soaked dirt trail. “True, but Jungwoo invited her to a house full of hooks.”
Haechan lets out a giggle, and Mark realizes he must be thinking about the hooks in their frat house that are there for… more sexual reasons than metaphorical, and he groans. “Stop being so dirty minded.”
“Stop being such an innocent simp.” Haechan fires back. “And if there are so many hooks at the party, maybe you have to hook her before the party- ever think about that?”
“Right, so between now and two days from now, I’m going to find time to hang out with her and make her fall in love with me- between this and Poker Night tomorrow-.” Mark scoffs, rolling his eyes as he hooks his thumbs in the straps of his backpack, trudging up the water logged trail after his best friend.
“You don’t have to see her in person- you could text her.”
“I don’t even have her number. Are you forgetting that I just met her on Monday?” Mark laughs.
“Just met officially.” Haechan corrects him.
“Besides- maybe I won't even go to the party.”
“Now I know you’re on crack-” Haechan says, whipping around to look at his friend, “you can’t miss Halloween- it’s the best party of the year!”
Mark stays quiet.
“So what? You’re gonna lock yourself in your room all night while people party outside? What are you gonna do when all your fans come knocking on your door wondering where their favourite guitar player is and why he’s not down by the fire playing music? You think they’ll just let you nap in your room? You think Yuta isn’t going to show up at sometime to your shared room with at least one girl who he plans to fuck the shit out of? Be realistic Mark!”
Mark sighs, knowing his friend is right.
“I should be in the library studying right now.”
“But you’re not. Instead, you’re here with me, while Jungwoo works on his project with your crush because you’re not man enough to step up to the plate.”
Mark stops, considering Haechan’s words while he continues up the trail. Then Mark reaches down and grabs a small rock from the path, throwing it at Haechan.
The stone hits Haechan’s arm, and the man lets out a screech as if he’s just been attacked, whipping around to look at Mark with wide eyes. “Hey!”
“Stop saying I'm not a man just because I take my time with things and you don’t.” Mark says, feeling proud of himself once the words are out. It can be hard for him to stand up to his friends at times.
“I’ll stop saying it when you actually get a girl instead of letting her slip through your fingers like every crush you ever had because you’re never able to go talk to her.”
“I just- I'm shy.” Mark frowns.
“But sometimes you’re fun too!” Haechan insists. “At frat parties- who’s the dude who promised to make eggs for a bunch of cheerleaders visiting from another university - while you were drunk I might add - only to go through all our eggs with not a single one completely cooked?”
“And who’s the dude who got offered a whole ass house in return for marrying that girl who was obsessed with you in year one?”
“Me.” Mark sighs.
“So pull up your big boy pants,” Haechan says, poking at his chest, “and fucking act like it.”
8: Thursday - October 30th
“Hey guys, look.” Haechan says when he puts his cards down, showing a pair of queens to match the one already face up on the table, “I’m Jungwoo on Valentine’s day last year.”
The table erupts in a chorus of snickers, and even Mark is momentarily distracted from his phone by the memory of his friend decked out in drag the year before.
To his credit, Jungwoo had shown up at the frat hours after disappearing from the club with not one, but two of the prettiest bartenders, who are known to be hard asses and notoriously difficult to take home.
“You might have Jungwoo and his two queens, but” Johnny grins, drawing Haechan’s wild eyes at the notion he might not have the best hand at the table, “do you have: a complete himbo light tower?”
The American sets down a pair of kings to join the king on the table, and Haechan lets out an ear piercing scream, jumping to his feet and waving his hands around.
“You cheated!” Haechan declares.
“Check my sleeves.” Johnny simply smiles, leaning back in his chair while Haechan all but launches himself at the American, furiously patting down the fabric of his muscle shirt, as if there’s any way Johnny could hide a card there.
“What do you have?” Jaehyun asks, his softer voice distracting Mark from the loud brawl next to him.
Instead of answering, Mark tosses his cards down, face up, confident that he doesn’t have anything that can beat Johnny’s three kings.
“Wait, Mark,” Jaehyun grabs his attention again, “you won.”
“What?” Now everyone is looking at Mark’s cards, and try as he might, the Canadian simply can not understand what Jaehyun is saying.
“No, I just have a joker and a five.” Mark tells him.
“A jack,” Jaehyun corrects him, fingers brushing the ‘joker’ as Mark had called it, “Yeah, you have those, but they’re in hearts, and all three cards up on the table are hearts.”
“This is called a flush, Mark.” Johnny explains, shock evident in his voice.
“You won.” Jaehyun repeats, pushing the stack of poker chips in the center of the table towards the man whose supply had been running dangerously low.
“What!?” Now it’s Haechan and Mark gasping, for two very different reasons.
“Mark’s not even paying attention to the game!” Haechan screams, throwing his hands in the air again while his eyes glint with passion, “he was on his phone the whole time!”
“I’m just checking it.” Mark mumbles.
You’d posted a picture on your instagram of your outfit for tomorrow laid across your bed, having gone with the purple Daphne costume, and Mark has been religiously checking his instagram in the off chance you’ll actually show yourself wearing the fit.
“This game is rigged.” Haechan says again, collapsing into his chair and crossing his arms over his chest.
“Then stop playing it.” Comes a new voice from the doorway, causing the small group to look up at the man standing there.
Ten has gloves on, and the smell of chemicals perfumes the room with his presence. “I just set Taeyong’s hair up with bleach- are you ready for me to do you next Mark?”
“He’d love to be done next.” Haechan answers swiftly, a suggestive smirk on his face. He stands, grabbing at Mark and pulling him to his feet even as the Canadian begins to fight back.
“You’re not seriously going to dye Mark’s hair blonde, are you?” Johnny asks in amusement, leaning back in his chair and raising a bottle of beer to his lips.
“Yes we are.” Haechan insists. “Mark threw a rock at me yesterday, this is payback.”
“You threw a rock at him?!” Johnny and Jaehyun ask in shock, but Mark is already being forcibly dragged out of the American’s room.
“We can’t bleach my hair!” Mark says loudly as he tries to free himself from Haechan’s grasp, “we don’t even know if Y/N’s going at Daphne-”
“She is!” Jungwoo’s ‘helpful’ voice sounds as they walk past his room- Mark had been hoping Jungwoo either hadn’t seen the instagram post, or maybe that he’d decide today was a good day to start minding his own business.
Mark should have known better.
9: Friday - October 31st
Mark: Hey! It’s Mark, I’m friends with Jungwoo, he invited you to the frat party tonight and I think you said you’d never been to one? The frat village has a lot of houses in it- I was thinking you might get lost, so I was wondering if maybe you wanted company walking here?
Mark: it’s also just not very safe out on campus for pretty girls at night time
Mark groans. He should never have messaged you. Now he’s just coming off as a blundering idiot, and he quickly tries to fix himself.
Mark: which sucks and I’m sorry about that, and you shouldn’t NEED someone to walk with you just to feel safe
When the blue bubble shows up, signifying you’re typing, Mark hits send before his thought is even done- because his thoughts are done now. Now that you’re there, on the other end of this, working on a response- his mind is completely blank, his breath caught as he waits.
Y/N: That would be good actually! Yeji was going to walk with me but she just left- she said you guys do pre parties? I wasn’t sure if I was invited to that so I figured I’d wait, and I texted Jungwoo but he’s not responding
Just then, Mark hears a crash, followed by a scream, and four frat brothers go running by his door, one of whom Mark is pretty sure is Jungwoo.
Mark: Jungwoo is already drunk and we hide his phone when he’s like this :) I can come and pick you up- you’re in the new building by Student Union, the one with the pizza place under it, right?
Mark: Text me whenever you’re ready and I'll come get you :)
When you open the door and exit your apartment building, it’s everything Mark can do to stop his jaw from hitting the ground.
Dressed in a little purple outfit, you’ve taken the Daphne that Mark loved as a kid, and somehow made her even sexier.
Mark momentarily forgets how to breathe, only for him to half choke on air when you flash him a smile, approaching.
“Oh my gosh! Look at your hair!” You squeal.
It’s then that Mark remembers his own outfit, and his thumb rubs at the keys he keeps in the pocket of his bomber, which is hiding the rest of his costume. “Yeah, I uh-” Mark opens his jacket to show off the white blazer and the ascot tie underneath.
“You’re Fred!” You say, immediately knowing who he is. “I can’t believe you dyed your hair!” Mark freezes when you reach out, touching a strand, “your hair was always so nice when it was dark- do you miss it?”
You thought his dark hair was nice? Mark is so busy thinking about your compliment that he almost forgets to answer, “it’s only been a day.” He admits, turning and beginning to walk back towards the frat with you next to him. “It’s alright.” He shrugs.
“Just alright?” You laugh. “Most people dye their hair so they can enjoy the new colour after.”
Mark chuckles, “my friends forced me to dye it.”
“They forced you?”
“I won’t get into it,” Mark tells her, because if he did, he’d have to tell her about his little crush, “but our frat can be kind of crazy with things like this.”
“So forced hair dyeing is a common thing for you guys?”
Mark smiles, “not necessarily the dyeing part, but we’ve had guys wake up with a notch or two in their brows.”
“And this is why I avoid frats.” You say, letting out a shaky breath that has Mark looking down at you with concern.
“Are you cold?”
“A little, but the frat is close.” You wave your hand.
Mark ignores your dismissal, immediately taking off his jacket, which he holds out to you.
“Won't you be cold?” You ask.
“You’re not very talkative, are you?” You tease, accepting the jacket from Mark, who can feel the heat of embarrassment creeping up his neck.
“I talk.” Mark assures you, “I'm just-” he sighs, “shy.”
“Shy is good.” You tell him. “It’s just interesting that you’re friends with Jungwoo and all these other extroverts. Maybe my view of frats is wrong- but from my few interactions with frat guys, you don’t really seem like the ‘climb the library building in a diaper with a crossbow attached to my back’ kinda guy.”
“I'm definitely not.” Mark agrees, smiling at the memory of Haechan going bat shit crazy to celebrate their last day of classes the year before. Mark’s also pretty sure Haechan had downed something like three of Johnny’s ‘special’ brownies before grabbing his crossbow too- which doesn't make the story any more safe sounding.
“I’m also not a ‘tie fireworks to the back of a roller chair to turn it into a jet propulsion system’ kinda frat guy either.” Mark says.
“So what kind of frat guy are you, Mr. Vending Machine?”
“The kind that can’t cook eggs, but will still try, if it means feeding a kitchen full of drunk people.” Mark sighs, thinking back to the examples Haechan had used for him- and now that he’s saying it out loud, Mark has to admit, he sounds extremely lame.
“You can’t cook eggs?” You laugh, and Mark tugs at his earlobe in embarrassment, shaking his head.
You stop walking and Mark also comes to a stand still, looking at you. “What?”
“You can’t cook eggs!?” You repeat, “and we’re going to a frat party?!”
You shake your head, “Mark, let me teach you to cook eggs- it will be really easy, I promise.”
“So you don’t want to go to the frat party?” Mark’s brows furrow in confusion.
You grab at his hand, and Mark nearly jumps from the contact, his eyes moving up to meet yours.
“I don’t want to go to the frat party.” You tell him, “and something tells me you don’t really want to go either- so come back to my place, let me show you how to cook an egg, and I can also bake some cookies, and we can watch some halloween movies-”
“Can we watch Scooby Doo?” Mark asks.
You grin at him, taking in his outfit again before looking down at your own. “I think we’re legally obligated to.”
“And then you put the lid on, and you just leave it.”
“You just leave it?” Mark asks in shock, looking between you and the egg you’d just cracked into the pan.
“Yeah, some people put a dab of water under the lid sometimes, that heats it, but the thing about eggs is you just gotta wait for it to cook and be patient.” you tell him.
“It’s that easy?”
“You just wait?”
“But why the lid? I’ve never seen someone use a lid before.”
“I think it’s faster this way.” you tell him.
“Well- you tricked me.” Mark insists, and you can’t help the way your grin widens. “You told me you’d teach me to cook an egg in return for a song- and I thought cooking would actually be difficult.” He adjusts his grip on Yeji’s guitar that you took off the wall in the living room for him.
“It’s not a trick.” You tell him, “play for me while I make cookie dough?”
“Now you’re making cookie dough too?!” Mark says in shock, “won’t your egg burn?”
“I’m watching it.” You assure him, taking the sugar and flour out of your cabinet.
You can tell from the look on Mark’s face that he doesn’t quite believe you, but he takes a seat all the same, adjusting the guitar one more time on his thigh before his fingers begin to strum the chords.
“Will you sing for me?” You ask after a while.
Mark immediately shakes his head, focusing his gaze on his fingers as he plays a tune. “No.”
“Maybe another time.”
“Did you write this song?” You ask.“I don't recognize it.”
Mark nods, “yeah, it was something I made for an assignment a few weeks ago.”
He won’t ever say it, but the lyrics are all about you.
While he strums, Mark follows the verses in his head, repeating a mantra of praises even as you bake, and before Mark knows it, he has a perfectly cooked egg in front of him and the knowledge of how to replicate it.
Mark thinks he must be in heaven.
The egg alone had been amazing- if amazing is a descriptor that can be applied to eggs.
Then the cookies had come out of the oven and Mark had fallen even more in love with you as his teeth sunk into the warm, chocolatey goodness.
And just when he thought it couldn’t get any better, you’d invited him into your room, showing him your favourite things while he hung onto your every word.
Mark is a music theory major, and he adores learning about music, but he loves learning about you even more. Part of him wants to be quizzed after, just to prove he’s memorized what you’ve told him.
Then you’d moved to the living room, where you’d set up Scooby Doo, and at first, you’d sat a respectable distance from each other, but you’d slowly gotten closer and closer-
Now, you’re asleep with your cheek on Mark’s shoulder, your hands looped in his arm, and the movie ended ages ago. Mark doesn’t mind the silence, doesn’t mind staying frozen for fear of waking you, because it gives him all the time in the world to admire you.
His eyes take in your skin, and his hand itches to reach out and play with the pleats of your purple skirt, but he fights the urge, not wanting to move even a muscle. He could take his phone out of his pocket and at least have something to do while you sleep- but Mark’s been avoiding his phone all night.
The calls from his friends asking where he is had started nearly as soon as you and Mark had decided to not go to the party, and Mark knows he’s in for a big dust up when he gets home, but he’s hoping to push that off for as long as he can.
Just as Mark is about to touch your hair - having finally talked himself up to have the courage to do so - the front door to the apartment is thrown open, startling you and Mark.
Your pretty roommate is mid lip lock with a man who dwarfs her in size, pressing her body up against the door, which is probably why it had been so loud when it was thrown open.
Mark is in so much shock at the sudden sight of a pretty girl making out with someone, that he doesn’t even know what to do- luckily, the cat that had Mark hostage, does not have your tongue, and you let out a small “Yeji!” to clue in your roommate to the fact that the common space in your apartment already has guests.
The two people pull away from each other, wild eyes turning to you and Mark, who look back.
If Mark had been frozen before- he’s way past that now-
He looks his frat brother Jeno up and down.
“Mark!?” Jeno asks in shock, and Mark realizes Jeno is one of the frat brothers yet to see the new blonde hair colour on the Canadian.
“Jeno?” Mark echos, having not expected to face his frat brothers so directly any time soon- especially not in a joker costume with makeup half ruined from kissing.
“Y/N!?” Yeji screams, adorned in a matching Harley Quinn outfit. “So this is why I couldn’t find you at the frat!”
“We decided not to come.” You respond.
“Not for the whole night I hope.” Yeji says slyly, grabbing at Jeno next to her. “We’ll be in my room.”
The two of them disappear before Mark or Jeno are able to say another word to each other, and when Yeji’s bedroom door closes behind her, Mark stands. “I should probably get going.”
“Is it late?” you ask, rubbing at your eyes, “sorry, I fell asleep on you.”
“It’s fine.” Mark assures you, “you can sleep on me any time.”
The words leave his mouth before he can stop them, and they leave Mark blushing and stuttering, trying to explain himself while you simply watch him with a smile.
“Walk home safe.” You tell him softly, pulling Mark into a short hug before letting him go. “It can be dangerous out there for pretty people.”
Mark’s heart sings in his chest at your words, and he rubs the back of his neck, looking down to hide the dopey smile that covers his face, “I guess you’re right about that.” He turns to go, and just as the door is closing he stops, “study on Monday?”
“I wouldn’t miss it.”
10: Saturday - November 1st
“I don’t need help.” Mark assures the hungover men in the kitchen as he goes about his morning, pulling out a pan to begin cooking.
“You always need help with eggs.” Jaehyun sighs, leaning back against the counter, his arms crossed over his chest while he watches Mark. The soccer team captain has his hood pulled up, and Mark kinda feels bad for Jaehyun- he looks terrible, but pretty much everyone in the frat house does.
Mark had arrived back at the house at one AM to find the party still in full swing. Haechan was passed out face down on the front lawn, and when Mark had helped him inside, he’d found the bathroom to be occupied by Yuta, a massive bottle of Vodka, and three girls dressed as cheerleaders- one of whom had been more than eager to leave Yuta long enough to splash some water onto Haechan’s face and prop him up against the wall- out of all the places Mark could leave Haechan, he hadn’t planned on it being in the bathroom while Yuta got blown- but there’d been other pressing matters that needed his attention- like the fact that a few of the younger frat brothers had somehow gotten their hands on a tattoo gun-
The front door to the frat opens, drawing the attention of Mark, Jaehyun and Johnny in the kitchen, as well as Taeyong and Doyoung, who are diligently cleaning up the open concept living room space.
“Jeno!” Johnny greets his younger frat brother as he shovels cereal into his mouth, a happier greeting compared to the glare Jeno receives from Doyoung, who’s never happy about frat boys leaving to have “nightly conquests” before clean up is done. “How was Yeji’s?”
“It was good- did Mark tell you? He was there too.” Jeno says casually, immediately heading into the kitchen to sit next to Johnny and grab an apple from the fruit bowl that Mark had watched Kun diligently refill before going to go do whatever it is that Pre-med students do in the mornings.
“So that’s where you disappeared to for the first few hours of the party.” Johnny grins knowingly, as all the attention in the room shifts to the poor Canadian, who is trying his darndest just to cook himself a god darned egg.
“Did you get any, Mark?” A groggy voice comes from under a pile of blankets haphazardly strewn about one of the couches.
Mark had assumed Taeyong and Doyoung had made the pile during cleaning- but when Yuta pokes his head out from under the layers of fuzzy blankets, his hair sticking every which way, Mark realizes Yuta must have been on the couch this entire time. Mark had assumed he’d gone home with some girl- or three-
The entire room is quiet for a moment as everyone just looks at Yuta, who sits up, revealing his bare chest, which causes a scream to erupt from Doyoung - who had, suffice it to say, not been ready.
“Did you get any, Yuta?” Johnny snickers, turning so he can sit on the table and look out at the living room, his bowl of cereal held in one large hand while he eats with the other.
“Come check under this blanket and maybe you’ll find a little slut waiting.” Yuta smirks, stretching as both Taeyong and Doyoung groan at him.
“It’s too early for this. I’ve had enough.” Doyoung says in defeat, tossing a beer can onto the floor and heading towards the stairs that will lead him to the second floor.
“And I am not a slut!” Comes another new voice, and a second head pops up from under the blankets, on the opposite end of the couch from Yuta.
Mark’s just as surprised to see Haechan as he had been the resident anime prince- and then suddenly everyone is throwing questions at the sleepy sunshine boy, who is looking anything but sunny- had this been where Yuta took Haechan after Mark had deposited him in the bathroom while Yuta got blown?
Mark doesn’t even have the energy to question it- and luckily he doesn’t have to, because his hyungs ask for him.
“What the hell are the two of you doing on the couch?” Johnny laughs.
“And where’s your girlfriend?” Taeyong has a hint of anger in his tone, and Mark remembers that Taeyong is quite close to the woman in question..
“Home. Sleeping probably.” Haechan yawns, moaning loudly and earning a soft kick from Yuta, which he returns with even more force. “She trusts me.” Haechan insists even as Yuta all but lunges at him over the blankets, landing with a soft thump on top of Haechan as they begin to wrestle.
“She shouldn’t.” Yuta insists as he attempts to pin Haechan down, “you’re a fucking menace.”
“And don’t forget it!” Haechan screeches, using his body to roll the two of them- something Yuta had not been expecting - and the two tumble to the floor in a swirl of fabrics and laughs.
No matter how much of a menace Haechan is, Mark knows he’d never cheat on his girlfriend. He all but worships her- and their love story had been a long one, full of tensions and push and pull that has led to the kind of relationship Mark aspires to-
The trust Haechan has in his partner, and vice versa, is something that’s always made Mark’s heart clench.
“Also, hey!” Haechan sits up suddenly from the floor, and then launches onto the couch, popping his head up and over it so he can look at the men in the kitchen, “Jeno, did you say Mark was at Yeji’s?”
“So that’s why you missed halloween you bitch!” Now Haechan is launching himself over the couch, only for Johnny to grab at him, lifting the struggling man off the floor to keep him from Mark.
“No wrestling in the kitchen near the stove.” Johnny reminds the crazy boy still kicking to be released before setting him down.
“The stove!” Mark’s heart lurches in his chest, but for a very different reason, and he turns to look down at his egg, which is now ruined.
Jaehyun smirks next to him. “Told you you needed help.”
11: Sunday - November 2nd
“And you didn’t even kiss her.” Jungwoo sighs, stirring his pot of ramen and shaking his head. He’s been saying this at random moments since the day before, when he’d learned of Mark’s visit to your apartment, and every time he says it, Mark feels the need to explain himself all over again.
“I told you, it wasn’t like that-” Mark groans from where he’s seated in the living room, letting his phone drop from his hands to land on his chest.
“You were literally in a couples costume! And she took you up to her apartment! And baked you cookies!”
“And taught him how to cook an egg.” Haechan adds from where he’s standing by the window, looking out at the rain.
“Debatable.” Jaehyun says as he walks through the area, headed towards the front door with a gym bag slung over his shoulder.
“I want to meet her.” Haechan announces, even as he continues facing the windows.
“What?” Mark laughs, trying to process his words.
“I said,” Haechan turns to face his friend, “I want to meet her.”
“No- and hey, why are you even standing over there by the window?” Mark questions, trying to change the subject and beginning to get worried that he’s missing something important right outside.
“His girlfriend is coming over and it’s raining, so instead of walking to get her, he waits by the window like a sad puppy.” Now it’s Johnny who’s entering the conversation as he walks through the space, headed to join Jaehyun at the door, who has already slipped his runners on. Johnny also has a sports pack on his back, and Mark wonders how either of them have the energy or drive to go trek through the rain just to work out.
“Hey!” Haechan lets out a loud screech, turning to glare at Johnny, “I'm not a sad puppy!” But a moment later he’s looking out the window again and screaming “she’s here!” before darting off towards the entryway, pushing past his hyungs and throwing the door open, running into the rain.
Mark smiles- all of his frat brothers seem to have a reason to brave the storm today, but not him. No, he gets to enjoy the safe, warm, dry frat house, with whatever frat brothers remain to keep him company- and if they’re all busy, well, at least he has thoughts of you, newly recharged after your hang out - date? - on Friday.
And now, if there’s one thing Mark regrets, it’s that he didn’t kiss you. Because the memory of that? Well, he’s sure it would keep him company forever.
12: Monday - November 3rd
“I’m going to refill my water- do either of you need anything?” Your voice draws Mark from his studying, and he pulls out an ear bud before shaking his head.
“Woo?” You turn to your class project partner, and the man sitting across from Mark mirrors the Canadian’s action. “Then I'll be right back.” You breathe, grabbing your water bottle before heading off in the direction of the cantina.
“I can’t believe they’re here.” Jungwoo says when you’re gone, and Mark lets out a small ‘hmm?’ sound, somewhat confused by his friends words, but too focused on his work to pay attention.
“You haven’t even noticed.” Jungwoo scoffs, and Mark sneaks a glance at him, furrowing his brows.
“What?” Mark finally pulls out an ear bud to pay attention to his friend, and Jungwoo rolls his eyes - because of course Mark would take out his ear bud for you but not for one of his best friends until the last possible moment.
“No. I'm not gonna help you and point it out.” Jungwoo says, crossing his arms over his chest and leaning back in the chair. “You’re not being nice to me today.”
“I'm literally here studying with you.”
“You just wanna fuck Y/N.”
“Hey!” Mark quickly shushes his friend, his heart lurching into hyper speed while his eyes dart around to look for you and make sure you’re not going to overhear Jungwoo- and that’s when Mark notices a familiar face amongst the students studying in the library.
Johnny Suh has distinct features. With what some sorority girls have deemed to be ‘turtle lips’ and a bone structure that has been compared to ET the god damned extra terrestrial- Johnny honestly has one of the most interesting faces that Mark has ever seen- even when he’s trying to hide it under a haphazardly placed baseball cap that says ‘I’m with stupid’ and points to the right-
Directly at Lee Haechan, another proud owner of a face that makes Mark’s top 10 list.
A quick once over leads Mark to the realization that a number of his frat brothers are littered throughout the room. Johnny, Haechan and Taeil have a table near the vending machine, while Jeno and Renjun sit by the windows.
Just when Mark thinks he’s spotted everyone, Shotaro comes walking in with a happy smile on his face, and takes a seat next to Yuta, passing him a can of Pepsi that the older Japanese frat brother accepts with a nod before his eyes slide back to Mark-
Yuta winks at the Canadian, and heat flares across Mark’s skin, his heart lurching in his chest. His fight or flight response kicks into high gear and Mark flips his textbook shut, hands reaching out to grab his things and begin to put them away.
“Are you going somewhere?” your voice makes Mark look up, and you take your seat next to him.
Your sudden reappearance makes Mark even more frazzled, and he begins to stutter. “No I-” He puts his bag on the ground again.“I was just-”
“Are you bored?” You ask, cocking your head at Mark with a small teasing smile on your face.
“No, I'm just done what I have to do for the day.” Mark says finally, and it’s not a lie. He’s been finished for a while, filling his time with other work, starting a project early- he’s just been enjoying your presence, but now the ambiance has been ruined by the intrusion of his frat brothers.
Mark quickly looks around, and his suspicions are confirmed: all seven of his frat brothers are staring at you.
It makes Mark’s skin heat even more.
You’re still looking at him, and your gaze makes Mark even more flustered.
“Are you okay?” Your voice is soft, and you reach for Mark’s hand, which is fidgeting with his ear buds in his lap.
Mark freezes, eyes watching your hand take his and give him a squeeze. The Canadian swallows thickly even as his heart threatens to beat out of his chest, and he nods, smiling at you, “I'm just a little- uh, tired today.”
“Well I’m almost done, just have to read a little bit more of this essay- do you want to wait for me to be done, then we can all walk back together? I’ll take you both up on your offer to drop me off at my apartment- it’s on the way.”
Mark lets out a deep breath he didn’t even know he was holding, and he nods, “that sounds perfect.”
You give his hand another squeeze, and then you turn your attention to your computer screen, where the essay is looking up at you.
Mark can’t take his eyes off of you, and his hand feels like it’s on fire where your fingers are laced.
‘Is she going to hold my hand for the rest of this?’ Mark wonders to himself, a flare of heat erupting across his neck at the notion.
When you lean forward resting your chin on the palm of your other hand, getting comfortable, Mark realizes it’s extremely likely you’ll keep holding his hand- and his heart races even harder, almost deafening in his ears as all of his senses focus in on you.
He loves your side profile- loves the way you get so into what you’re studying. He’s been watching you study for months, but being up close, being able to just gawk at you - while holding your hand no less - it’s one of the most wonderful things that’s ever happened to him.
Before the Canadian even knows it, you’re finished with reading the essay. Ten minutes must have flown by with Mark just looking at you- but when you close your laptop, and take your hand away from his, it breaks the spell, and suddenly Mark remembers that he’s surrounded by frat boys who are going to tease the shit out of him for this entire interaction.
But, Mark realizes, does he really care?
He just got to look at you for ten minutes while holding your hand. There’s nothing his frat brothers could say to him that could drag him off of the cloud nine you’d just transported him to.
When he’s with you he’s untouchable.
The giggles and looks from his friends bounce off of him instead of bugging him the way they normally do, and his heart rate seems to have slowed down to a steady pace-
Then you look at him, flashing that smile as you say “so should we go?” and Mark’s heart goes into overdrive again, his anxiety suddenly flaring at the realization that the three of you will have to walk past all his frat brothers to leave.
As you pack up, the only thing Mark can think about is how much he wants to hold your hand again.
Wants to feel the calming presence that radiates off of you, seeping through your interlocked fingers-
“Is that Jeno?” Hearing his friend’s name on your lips makes Mark’s heart drop, as does the way you immediately head over to the two frat boys.
“Don’t be jealous, Markie.” Jungwoo’s mocking tone makes Mark groan.
“I’m not.” The Canadian insists, but looking over at you and Jeno chatting does bring a few unfavourable emotions bubbling to the surface. And it takes only a moment for Mark to realize why.
Because while Jeno might not be a threat - as he’s kind of dating your roommate - the man next to him is single.
Renjun might not be known as a lady killer, but Mark knows the guy has game. He has this mean sexy thing going for him- and Mark has seen girls fall at his feet before because of it.
Then another voice is calling out Jeno’s name, and this voice is nowhere near as pretty as yours had sounded.
Lee Haechan draws the eyes of everyone in the library - he’s much too loud - and he comes bounding over, despite Taeil attempting to grab his forearm to stop him. The elder man flashes a frown at Mark that says ‘I tried’ and Mark sighs, realizing that if Taeil hadn’t been here this whole time, this interaction might have taken place much sooner.
Mark moves quickly, reaching the table you and Jeno are at just as Haechan does, and two things happen simultaneously: you step closer to Mark’s side and his protective instincts kick into high gear - but Haechan also grabs Mark at the same time, pulling him away from you and into a half embrace that has Mark struggling to break free.
“Well, what do you know?” Haechan grins at everyone, “do we all study here often?”
Mark knows for a fact Haechan doesn’t study, and the Canadian fights the urge to scoff - or perhaps even throw hands. He also knows none of the others study here either, and the idea that this whole interaction was planned - likely by Haechan - has Mark’s emotions going haywire.
“Not as often as we should.” It seems to be the day of voices Mark really doesn’t want to hear.
Yuta Nakamoto is looking ‘fine as shit today’ - Ten’s words that morning, not Mark’s - and Mark can’t stand it.
“Uh, Y/N, these are all our frat brothers.” Jeno says, coughing and adjusting the collar of his hoodie.
Mark’s heart lurches, he’d been so busy being mad and suddenly attacked that he’d forgotten his manners, forgotten to introduce you to his friends, and now Jeno has to? Jeno is taking Mark’s job?
Mark can’t stand it.
By the time introductions are done, all seven of Mark’s friends have shown up at the table, with the Chicago native ending the round of names with his classic ‘and I’m Johnny’ line that has the younger men cracking up at the inside joke.
“We should probably get going.” Mark says as soon as there’s a moment for him to escape. He’s far too aware of the fact that they’re in a quiet library and there is now a group of ten people, nine of them being rowdy frat boys, standing around a table. He knows people are looking at your ragtag gang, and a quick once over of the room has him locking eyes with a girl that’s been hitting on him for over a year now - despite hooking up with Winwin for much of it.
Mark really wants to get out of here.
“We should.” You agree quickly, and Mark notices the way you step closer to his side, giving him a small smile that he returns.
“Yeah, I'm tired of studying anyways.” Haechan announces, interjecting himself into Mark’s plans yet again.
“Should we get burgers?” Yuta asks, and immediately a chorus of ‘yes’s’ erupts from the group of big, red blooded males.
“I actually have to head home.” You say, drawing all eyes, and Mark feels sorry for you, because he knows the pressure of eyes, especially the eyes of frat boys.
“I’ll take you.” Mark tells you softly. “Have fun with burgers guys.” He says before anyone can invite themselves to this too. Then Mark is reaching for your hand, interlocking your fingers and high tailing it away from his friends while you hurry to follow.
As soon as you’re in the stairwell, Mark lets go of your hand, and it’s one of the hardest things he’s ever had to do. “Sorry about them.” He says quickly.
“It’s okay. They seemed nice- they were just a bit overwhelming.”
Mark nods. “Yeah. I know you don’t really like frat parties, and I sort of assumed it was because of all the people.”
The two of you are quiet for a moment and Mark struggles to fill the quiet, worried he’s said something wrong. “I’m kind of the same way.” He tells you. “I like being with the guys- but sometimes it can be too much, and I need alone time, or at least, quiet time.”
Mark’s starting to think maybe it’s not alone time he needs anymore, it’s you time, and he doesn’t want to tell you he needs alone time and then have you giving him space- because that’s the last thing he wants.
He wants you to smother him actually- if possible.
“It still surprises me that you’re in a frat sometimes.” You breathe.
Mark looks at you with a smile. “Me too.”
The two of you continue grinning as you walk through campus, chatting about anything and everything. When you pass an ice cream shop, you discuss favourite flavours and Mark anxiously tries to figure out a way to ask you out for ice cream, but to no avail.
“What are you up to tomorrow?” You ask when you reach your apartment.
“Studying again.” Mark responds quickly, although there’s a part of him in the back of his mind screaming about ‘trivia Tuesdays’, an event he generally takes part in with the frat.
You nod, “me too. But I think maybe I'll get ice cream before I study, at maybe… four oclock?”
Mark stares at you for a few seconds, his brain trying to solve the equation presented to him-
Does (the mention of ice cream) + (a specified time) = a date invite?
Should he invite himself?
Should he say anything?
Should he just show up at the ice cream place tomorrow? No- that would be bad, what if you don’t mean for him to be there?
“I- uh-” Mark licks his lips, swallowing thickly as his hand raises to rub at the back of his neck in an attempt to calm himself.
“You can join me if you’d like, but no pressure.” You say, reaching out and touching Mark’s forearm lightly. “Thank you so much for walking me home.”
“Yeah, uh, no problem.” Mark’s brain is practically short circuiting, and when you hug him, he all but explodes.
The eye of the storm- the way his brain shuts off completely, if only for a moment, while you hug him- it’s one of the most blissful moments he’s had in a long time.
The moment is over all too soon, and then he’s watching you leave, heading up to your apartment, and Mark’s heart shatters. Because he never wants to see you leave ever again.
13: Tuesday - November 4th
“Mark!” You squeal, and Mark’s heart lurches in his chest, from you, and from the way his entire scoop of ice cream almost just tumbled to the ground with one harsh lick.
You’re both momentarily shocked by the way his ice cream was almost just decimated- and then you’re both bursting into giggles, with you shaking your head and linking your arm with Mark’s as you leave the ice cream shop.
“Don’t lick it so hard.” You tease.
Sinful thoughts explode in Mark’s mind and he hurries to push them down, but the most he manages is to stutter a little as his skin heats with embarrassment- and then you’re mirroring his stuttering, choking on your own ice cream. “Not like that!” You assure him, squeezing his arm a little, “Mark! Get your mind out of the gutter!”
“Yours was in it too!” Mark insists, and he enjoys the way you hide your face in his shoulder even as you walk, shaking your head before pulling away and sighing, still with a massive smile on your face.
“Are we meeting Jungwoo at the library?” Mark asks, looking for a topic change. The thought of Jungwoo is a sure way to bring his heart rate down.
“Oh, uh- he’s not studying with us today.” you say, and Mark’s brows immediately furrow in confusion. “I just- I have a midterm to study for, in another class, so no group project stuff today- and you and I used to study in the library even before Jungwoo introduced us, so I thought you might be going anyways- I’m sorry, we can still call and invite him if you want-”
“No.” Mark immediately cuts you off, “this is good. I kind of like it when it’s just the two of us.”
For a moment, Mark waits for a response, his breath caught- then you’re nodding and turning to smile up at him. “Me too.”
Mark can’t help but smile all the way to the library, and even once you begin to study, the smile hardly leaves his face.
“It’s getting cloudy.” You say an hour or so into studying, and Mark follows your gaze out the window. The clouds are definitely starting to look angry, and Mark didn’t bring an umbrella.
“Looks like rain.” Mark notes.
“Could be nice. Do you like the rain?”
Mark shrugs. “I don't really have an opinion on it. But most of my frat brothers hate the rain- it always messes up party plans and outdoor activities.”
“I’m not big on outdoor activities.” You confess, and Mark laughs.
“I much prefer to sit in my room, with some nice fairy lights, and some tea, and a good book or something to study- and I can just listen to the sounds of the rain outside.”
Mark can picture you sitting in a comfy bed, with fluffy white blankets he could wrap you in. He can imagine the smell of cookies from the kitchen, because Mark had seen the way you baked on Halloween, and he is starting to associate the feeling of warm cookies in his mouth with you.
“How's studying for your midterm?” Mark asks, eyes assessing the books laid out in front of you. You’d taken the seat across from him today, and while Mark enjoys being able to see your face more clearly, he misses knowing he can simply reach for your hand next to his and hold it. You’re so far away- with all the books between you- and Mark hates it.
“It’s okay.” you sigh, leaning forward and resting your chin on the palm of your hand. “I’m really stressed out about it. The professor is a bit of a dick-”
Mark is a little shocked to hear you say the word ‘dick’. It’s the first semi swear word to come out of your lips, and there’s something about the way you pronounce it, in your sweet voice which Mark has already grown to love- it triggers something deep in his tummy. He’s not sure whether he wants to call you cute or shut you up with kisses and make you tell him how much of an asshole your professor is while he eats you out-
“How about you? What are you working on?”
Mark had completely spaced out while you talked, too focused on your lips and the images running through his mind- and it takes a moment for the Canadian to recollect himself. “I’m writing some lyrics actually-”
“Really!?” Your whole face lights up with excitement and Mark’s chest squeezes, as if your joy had gone directly into him, and now you’re both energized, despite the clouds outside. “Show me?”
“It’s not done. It’s a first draft.” Mark tells you- neglecting to mention that the contents of the lyrics are quite decidedly centered around you.
How is he ever going to show you any of his songs? They’re all about you- and obviously so.
“I’ll trust your creative process.” You sigh, and Mark feels like jelly- most people don't respect him when he says no, when he says he’s protective of his newly birthed song babies that have yet to grow and be shaped- “but please, I mean it when I say I’d love to hear one of your songs.”
“Okay.” Mark nods. “Or maybe- do you have any favourite songs? I play guitar- I could learn a song for you-”
“You’d learn a song for me?” You look at him with the biggest, sweetest eyes Mark’s ever seen- he swears he can see stars twinkling in your irises, and heat flares across his skin with embarrassment, forcing him to look away from you.
“Yeah, it’s really not that hard to learn something new.”
“You must be really talented.”
“I’m really not.”
“You are.” You insist. “I can feel it.” you narrow your eyes at Mark to prove your point before your expression softens and you cock your head to the side. “I honestly just want to hear your voice- so I’m good with any song.”
“Any song?” Mark croaks.
You nod. “Whatever you think sounds best with your voice.”
“I’ll have to think about that.” He tells you, and he will.
It’s going to be the only thing on his mind when he goes to trivia night at eight, and if he didn’t already know his frat brothers kind of intimidate you, he probably would have invited you to tag along-
But no. He has to keep you and his other life a little separate still. It's not the right time for these things to overlap anymore than they already have, no matter how hard Haechan is pushing for ‘a future godson’ - which Mark insists will be provided within no time by one Jeong Jaehyun.
14: Wednesday - November 5th
“I had the longest day.” You say as you sit down across from Mark at his table in the library.
The Canadian half closes his lap top, pulling his headphones off and setting them around his neck to rest on his shoulders. He smiles at you.
Neither of you had coordinated about meeting here- and Mark enjoys the way this feels natural, as if you had had plans to meet.
“What happened?” He asks, leaning forward to rest his chin on his hand, eyes assessing your windswept hair, slightly dampened from the misty on-and-off weather outside. The way you take your jacket off, exposing a pretty purple sweater underneath brings Mark back to Halloween, when you’d cuddled up next to him to watch Scooby Doo.
You launch into a story about the ‘dick’ professor, and how he’d gone over some of the questions in preparation for the midterm, but had been extremely vague and hadn’t cleared anything up- in fact, he’d probably made the entire class even more confused.
“When is the midterm?” Mark asks.
“Monday.” You sigh. “I have five more days to study.”
“You’ve got this.” Mark tells you, reaching out instinctively to place his hand over yours. “I’ll try not to distract you much today, how about that?”
You laugh, “I don't know how well that will work.”
“We can do thirty minute segments of hard work and then a five minute talking break.” Mark suggests.
You look at him, and then you nod, “yeah, that could be good.”
“Do you need to vent some more? Or would you like to start now?” Mark asks.
You sigh. “I want to keep talking to you- but I know we should start studying. I also don’t want to interrupt your study time.”
“You never interrupt.” Mark assures you, giving your hand a squeeze before retracting his arm. “And we can talk as much as you want after your midterm.”
He smiles softly at you, “promise.”
15: Thursday - November 6th
“Who is it?” The voice coming from the intercom is buzzy, but Mark can tell right away that it’s Yeji and not you who has answered his call up to your apartment.
“Hey Yeji, it’s Mark.” The Canadian responds, “can I-”
The door buzzes, the intercom clicking to signal Yeji has hung up, and Mark laughs to himself, adjusting his rain jacket and heading inside. He tries to get most of the water off in the entryway, but he’s aware of the small puddle he leaves in the elevator up to your floor.
Mark’s heart is thumping in his throat when he reaches your door, knocking softly only for it to be thrown open a moment later. You’re standing there, wide eyed, in a little apron, and the Canadian thinks you must be the prettiest girl in the entire world.
“Mark! What are you doing here?!” You ask, grabbing his hand and dragging him into your apartment before beginning to fuss over his jacket, helping him take it off with care and hanging up to dry. He momentarily takes in the warmth of the space, the wonderful smell, and the sound of Etta James singing soulfully from speakers somewhere in another room.
“I was going to go to the library and maybe bump into you there- but then I remembered you said you like to study here when it rains- so I thought maybe- maybe you’d want a study buddy?” Mark can feel himself blushing, can feel the words coming out in stutters, but he can’t manage to get a grip on himself. He never can when it comes to you.
“I was actually just going to text you and invite you here, or come meet you at the library.” You beam up at him. “You read my mind.”
“Really?” Mark asks in shock, warmth spreading across his skin despite him still being cold from the rain.
You nod. “And I just put cookies in the oven!” You grab his hand again, leading him to the kitchen, where Yeji is standing by the sink, filling a water bottle.
“Hey Yeji.” He takes in her outfit, noting the jacket she’s wearing, “heading somewhere?”
“Volleyball practice.” Yeji nods, turning to grin slyly at the Canadian, “which means you two have the apartment all to yourselves.”
The connotation of her words hangs thickly in the air, and Mark struggles to find a response, but he comes up empty handed. Luckily, you shush your roommate, shaking your head and getting much more flustered than Mark- you all but corral Yeji to the door, and before Mark knows it, it’s just the two of you in your soft, warm apartment, while the storm rages outside.
The emptiness of the apartment suddenly feels very real, and Mark is hyper aware of you as you head back to join him in the kitchen after locking the door behind your roommate.
“What are you studying today?” You ask as you take your space by the stove, opening the door to peek at your baking.
The aroma perfumes the room and Mark stiffles a groan from how wonderful your cookies smell, taking a seat at the little island in the kitchen so he can watch you. “Still working on a song.” He tells you, “the lyrics are a bit better today.”
“That’s wonderful!” You say with excitement, and Mark falls in love with you every time you show enthusiasm for him and lift him from the anxiety ridden purgatory mindset he often finds himself wallowing in. “Are you going to tell me what the song is about yet?”
Mark laughs at the way you cock your brow at him, and he shakes his head, running a hand through his messy blonde strands, “probably not.”
“Meanie.” You pout, and Mark finds himself beaming at you, studying your face as you grin, opening the oven one final time to remove your perfectly baked cookies. “So we have to let them cool for five minutes- but then I was thinking maybe we could study in my room?” Mark’s heart lurches at the notion and you’re quick to continue talking, speaking faster as you get more flustered, “or we could study out here, if you’re more comfortable.”
“Your room sounds nice. I uh-” Mark adjusts the collar of his hoodie, which is beginning to press a little too tightly to his hot throat, “I really liked your fairy lights the last time I was here.”
“You did?” The smile that spreads across your face is enough to have Mark’s heart singing and his head nodding enthusiastically in confirmation.
“I also like this music.” Mark says, now looking for anything he can compliment if it’s going to merit a similar bright reaction from you.
“Etta James.” You both say in unison- then break out into small giggles.
“Of course you’d know who this is,” you smile, “you’re a music theory major. I bet you know lots of music.”
Mark shrugs. “It comes with the territory. But I like Etta. She has a really good voice.”
“Her music always makes me want to dance.” You breathe, smiling softly to yourself as you begin to take the cookies from the pan and place them onto a clean sheet to cool.
“Then you should dance.” Mark says simply.
“What?” You look up at him.
“You should dance.” Mark repeats.
“Here? Now?” You laugh. “In front of you?”
You immediately shake your head. “I couldn't.” You insist, looking down at your cookies.
“But you said Etta makes you want to dance.” Mark states, standing and holding out a hand to you, “here, what if I dance with you?”
“You want to dance with me?”
The way your eyes have widened and you’ve somehow gotten smaller with your posture makes Mark just want to grab you and hug you and shower you in kisses and affection, but instead, as you accept his hand, he says, “who wouldn’t want to dance with you?”
The way you immediately go to hide against his chest, letting out a “oh my gosh” that becomes half muffled by his hoodie as you press your forehead against his collar bone, your fingers wrapping up in the soft fabric by his hips while his free hand finds the small of your back. “I can’t believe you.”
“Why?” Mark chuckles, trying to ignore the rapid beat of his heart as he begins to sway to the music. It’s a slow song, and Mark knows it’s near the end of the tune- not a very good song to start dancing too, but he just has to keep you talking and wait it out until the album continues.
“You’re just- you always know what to say.” You sigh, finally moving your head away from Mark’s chest so you can look up at him. “And you’re too nice.”
“I’m too nice?” The Canadian laughs, feeling his skin heat with embarrassment.
“It’s not a bad thing!” You insist, moving your hand that had been grabbing his hoodie to his shoulder, and in that moment, you realize you’re really dancing with Mark.
You’re chest to chest, one hand held by his while he cradles you, with the other on your waist- and in that moment, the song changes to possibly one of the most devastating songs on the entire Etta playlist.
“I want a Sunday kind of love.” Wails through your speakers, and your heart urges you to sing, to match the exclamation of need-
But standing with Mark in your kitchen, half dancing, you think you might be the closest to a Sunday kind of Love as you’ve ever been.
He’s so beautiful, his warm brown eyes set off by the blondeness of his hair. You don’t miss the way his gaze darts down to your lips, and you lick them instinctively, only for your skin to heat in embarrassment at the movement that had been unconsciously done, your body simply reacting to the man in front of you before your brain had even had a chance to catch up.
“This is a good song.” Mark says softly, and he begins to pull away from you- only to help you into a wonky spin that has you both giggling. “Try again?” Mark prompts, and this time when he twirls you, instead of being two uni kids on the cusp of falling deeply, madly, in love- you feel like a princess who has found her prince charming, but then again, who’s to say there’s any difference?
When your spin is complete, you find yourself chest to chest with Mark again, but much closer than before. Giggling has left you a little breathless - or maybe that’s just Mark’s effect on you - and this time when you look up to meet Mark’s eyes, you don’t look away abashedly. Instead, you meet him straight on.
“Can I-” Mark leans forward, and you can’t help but look down at his lips before moving your gaze back up to his chocolate irises, “can I kiss you?”
“Yes please.” You nod, unable to help the smile that spreads across your face before Mark is pressing his lips to yours.
One of his hands moves up to cup the side of your face, and it adds a tenderness to the already soft as a cloud way he’s kissing you. He tastes like mint gum, a nice coolness when his tongue swipes over your bottom lip.
Shifting in his embrace, you wrap your arms around the back of his neck, pressing your chest closer to his while you open your mouth to deepen the kiss, a soft, content sound leaving your lips.
“Fuck.” Mark groans, breaking the kiss in favour of rubbing his forehead against your own. “That sound-” your skin heats with embarrassment, “you’re so cute!”
Mark laughs, both of his hands finding your hips. Then he groans, letting out a deep breath.
He wants to tell you that you’re the prettiest girl he’s ever seen. That he worships you. That he adores you. That he’d kill Haechan for you - but then again, he might have to do that for himself one day if Haechan isn’t careful-
“Should we study?” You ask, and Mark realizes he’s missed the moment by being caught up in his own thoughts of you.
He can’t let himself forget that so far, silences with you have been filled- Filled with studying, or movies- and while he relishes the idea of having comfortable silence with you, of laying next to you and simply playing with your fingers or doting you in affection- it’s obvious that moments of quiet still make you a little anxious.
Mark wants to fix that.
Instead, he nods. “Sounds good.” He clears his throat, shocked at the croaking sound he’d made, and then he’s the one who’s embarrassed and anxious.
You grin at him, pressing a kiss to his cheek before moving out of his embrace, heading to the sink, where you fill a glass of water.
Mark takes the opportunity to try to recollect himself. He grabs his backpack, swinging it over one shoulder in preparation to move to your room to study.
“Here.” You say, returning with the glass of water. “I know you usually like your water bottle when we study.”
Mark accepts the drink with a smile, and then you’re grabbing his hand, towing him with you towards your room. “Get comfortable anywhere you want.” You tell him. “You can have the desk if you want, I don't mind studying on the bed- I'm just going to go grab the cookies so we have snacks and I'll be right back.”
Being left alone in your room feels intrusive- because Mark wants to look at everything. He wants to approach your bed and touch the fairy lights that illuminate the grey of the room, caused by the gloom outside.
Your window is open slightly, and Mark can feel the coolness of the air- which only tells Mark how nice, warm and homely your room is.
He could get used to this.
“How's studying going?” you ask when you’ve been successfully working on cue cards for an hour, Mark sitting at your desk working quietly on his own devices. The Canadian turns in his chair to look at you where you’re laying tummy down on your bed, cards scattered in front of you.
“Not bad.” He says, “you?”
“Doing okay. Finished my cue cards.”
“That's nice!” The enthusiasm that jumps out of him makes your heart swell. You love how much of a little cheerleader Mark can be.
“I was wondering- if you don’t have to work on your song right now, maybe you’d want to help quiz me a little on these?”
“I don’t.” Mark says immediately, “don’t have to work on my song.” He clarifies.
You light up, and Mark watches the way you scoot over, making room for him next to your body on the bed- or at least, that's what he thinks you’re doing. He waits for you to pat the open spot before approaching, and he lays down gingerly, careful and extremely aware of his proximity to you.
“Here.” You snuggle up to his side and Mark lets out a shaky breath, his skin practically singing where your arms are pressed together. He’d taken off his hoodie a while ago, and you’re in a tank top, allowing for the direct contact that’s making Mark question his sanity. “These ones maybe?” You put a stack of about twenty cards in front of Mark and he picks them up, examining them.
“I was also thinking-” You cut off abruptly and Mark looks sideways at you. “Never mind.”
“What were you thinking?” Mark prompts.
“It was nothing.”
“You sure?” Mark nudges you softly with his shoulder.
“I was just going to say maybe- maybe for each one I get right you could give me a little kiss- but then I thought it might be stupid.”
“It’s not stupid.”
“And I also thought- maybe, maybe that would be too much, you know?”
Mark feels frozen.
“I just mean-” you quickly correct yourself, “I’m very- I’m not- gosh.” You hide your face in your hands. “I don’t have a lot of experience with guys, and I think slow is better for me, but-”
“Slow is good.” Mark confirms, “we can go as slow as you want.”
If only he could get his heart to slow down.
You like him. You have to. You want more kisses, so that must mean- that must mean you like him the way he likes you... right?
“I just- I really like you.”
Explosions go off in Mark’s head. His skin feels like a match that’s suddenly been lit, and it takes every ounce of self control in Mark’s body not to immediately let out a sound of triumph- or to maybe kiss you - but he reminds himself to be calm. And instead of screaming, or puking, or crying, or dying over your admittance of ‘liking him’, Mark manages to say, “I like you too.”
But his voice cracks.
And then you’re both giggling while Mark feels his ears turn red, but when you lean over, resting your head on his shoulder, it makes it all worth it.
16: Friday - November 7th
It’s nine am and Haechan is leading a group of four exhausted looking first year pledges in what he calls ‘the rain dance’- which pretty much consists of him assigning each person a complete coloured rain outfit (with Haechan being the Yellow Minister of Rain events, of course), and then directing them in a haphazard, wonky, circular dance that involves screaming loudly at the sky - which Haechan insists is able to control the weather and force rain clouds to go running.
Mark is sitting next to Johnny, protected by the cover of an overhang of their frat house, and the two tired frat boys watch their friend dance.
Haechan dips, letting his fingers glide across the wet grass, and then he throws his hands up in the air, letting out a wail that has Mark, Johnny, - and a number of other guys in the village who are on their respective frat house decks watching, - burst into giggles.
The four pledges, dressed in white, blue, green and pink, match the motion with much less pizazz.
“Rain!” Haechan screams loudly, “go away!”
“Come again another day!” Johnny yells, cupping a hand by his mouth to make his voice louder so it can stretch across the lawn to reach the group in the center of the little frat village.
“Rain!” Haechan wails again, forcing his circular dance to come to a halt when he falls onto his knees, facing the center, “don’t be a little slut!”
“That’s new.” Johnny chuckles and Mark shakes his head, unable to stop the smile on his face at his best friend’s antics.
“Don't be a little slut!”comes a chorus of screams from the four pledges.
“Do you think he kind of stole this from that Austin Powers movie?” Johnny asks, cocking his head, “the whole colour coordinated rain jacket thing-”
Mark’s phone buzzes in the front pocket of his hoodie, and he pulls it out, heart jumping when he sees your name on the screen. “I dunno.” He mumbles, brain attempting to make good on his friend’s musings- but it’s obvious how distracted Mark is.
“Your girlfriend?” Johnny asks, nudging Mark’s shoulder as he leans over to look at the Canadian’s phone. When you’re friends with Johnny, you learn pretty quickly that any phone in the house is, in fact, his phone, and he’s going to go through it- unless you keep your passcode under lock and key- which Mark is simply unable to do.
“Yeah- wait, no, she’s not-”
“Is she coming to the party?” Johnny smooths over Mark’s nerves, and the music theory major quickly reads your message.
“She says Yeji is, but she’s going to be studying all night.”
“Sucks to be her.” Johnny chuckles, popping a chip from the bag on his lap into his mouth.
“Yeah.” Mark says softly, but there’s little agreement in it.
“Don’t even think about it Mark.”
“Think about what?” Mark can’t take his eyes off his phone, his fingers hovering over the keys in preparation to type a response.
“Skipping the party again to go study.” Johnny crunches into his chips. “Haechan would kill you.”
Mark’s eyes go to the man who is still all but rolling around in the grass while screaming up at the clouds that deposit light precipitation onto the frat village.
Haechan really wants to party. He’s willing to make a fool out of himself in some weird rain ritual to get the skies clear, that’s how much he wants to party. And Mark can’t relate to it at all.
There’s only one thing he’d get onto his knees begging for-
Mark types a response into his phone, and a moment later your message dings up at him: ‘my place at seven for studying :) can’t wait to see you’.
He can’t wait either.
Mark can’t take his eyes off of you, no matter how many times he tries to read his textbook, his gaze always seems to simply raise- finding you on your bed.
When Mark had shown up, you’d suggested grabbing food before studying, and you’d been dressed in an outfit that made sense for being out and about. Last time, you’d been in sweats and a tank top, and while the comfortable look was adorable- Mark is obsessed with the little pastel skirt and sweater number you have going on.
Laying flat on your tummy, your skirt just covers the rump of your ass, teasing Mark with the pretty flesh of your thighs-
You move your head, drawing Mark’s gaze, and your eyes meet, causing his skin to heat with the notion that maybe you’d caught him gawking at you for the seventieth time.
“How’s the music theory?”
“Good.” Mark says, fiddling with his pencil. “How's midterm studying?”
“Good.” You sigh, “but- I think I'm getting tired.”
“You had a long day.” Mark notes, knowing that you started your morning with a nine o'clock seminar with Jungwoo. He checks his watch, which reads 12:30 AM. “Maybe I should go and you should sleep.”
You groan, closing your textbook and rolling onto your back so you can stretch. Mark watches the way you lift your arms over your head, your back arching slightly as you work out your muscles. The small gasp that leaves your lips before you go slack has Mark’s pants feeling extremely tight, and he shifts slightly in his chair by your desk.
“I don’t want you to go yet.” You say after a moment, and Mark all but melts into a puddle on your floor. “Maybe- do you wanna-” You turn onto your side, facing Mark and making some space on the bed. The moment your hand touches the bed, an invitation, Mark is jumping to his feet to come join you.
“Can I hold you?” He asks once he’s settled, also on his side and facing you.
You nod, both of you moving forward, meeting halfway and connecting like puzzle pieces that should have been fit snug together the entire time. Mark can’t help but let out a contented sigh, and you snuggle into his chest, getting comfortable in his arms as your hands bunch up in the fabric of his hoodie.
Often, with girls, Mark feels the need to fill the quiet- and he knows you’ve been having the same anxieties- but with you in his arms, his mind goes completely blank, and any anxiety induced words that could have come spilling past his lips, have seemingly dried up- nothing more than a hazy afterthought to the feeling of having you pressed close to him.
Neither of you say anything.
Soon, Mark’s aware that you’ve fallen asleep on his chest, and just like the first time you’d fallen asleep against him, he vows not to move, for fear of waking you.
It’s three am when Yeji comes home, and her loud arrival in the entryway outside of your room wakes Mark up to confusion. It takes a moment for him to get his bearings, eyes becoming used to the fairy lights that are still on.
It takes a long time, but Mark is able to slowly move off the bed, untangling your limbs from him so he can turn off the fairy lights. For good measure, he grabs a fuzzy blanket that you usually have hung on the back of your desk chair, and he lays it over your body, making sure you’re covered.
Standing at the door to your bedroom, looking in at your sleeping form, Mark hates to say goodbye. But he turns off your bedroom light and slowly shuts the door, forcing his feet to carry him back to his frat house, which has begun to feel less and less like home.
17: Saturday - November 8th
“I’m sorry again for falling asleep on you-” You say for the third time in your phone call, and Mark shakes his head to himself, adjusting the coffee cup in his hand while he walks through campus.
“It’s fine.” Mark assures you, “you were really tired.”
“School is really hurting right now.”
Mark frowns, not enjoying the thought of you hurting. “But your midterm is in two days, then you’ll be able to relax a little.” He reminds you.
“I really should get back to studying.” You groan.
“I think so too- but I actually have a little surprise for you.”
“Uh huh.” Mark grins, coming to a stop in front of your apartment. “Do you maybe want to come down and see what it is?”
“What? You’re here?!” He can hear the excitement in your tone, and when he lifts his eyes to the window he knows to be yours, he sees the blinds get thrown open. Less than a moment later your head pops out the window. “I’ll be down in a sec!”
The line goes dead.
Mark chuckles to himself, pocketing his phone while he waits patiently. He’s been running little errands all day- but when he walked past the coffee shop and realized he’d be heading right by your apartment, he’d had no choice but to get you a drink. After all, you’ve been working so hard.
When the door to your apartment building opens and you come running out, Mark is momentarily in shock. You look absolutely adorable, in an oversized shirt that acts pretty much as a dress, and cute fuzzy slippers.
“Mark!” You beam, all but running to him. Mark opens his arms and you jump into them, nearly catching him off guard and forcing the Canadian to steady himself for fear of spilling your present.
“Hey you.” Mark breathes, grinning down at you while you beam back.
“What a good surprise!” You smile. “Are you going to come up and study with me?”
Mark’s heart drops, “no- I have to get back to the frat for a meeting,” -a meeting he’s honestly considering ditching now - “and actually the surprise is this.” Mark holds out the coffee.
“Two surprises!” You say enthusiastically, accepting the drink. “Thank you so much!” And then you’re on your tiptoes, pressing a chaste kiss to Mark’s lips that leaves him dumbstruck.
“You’re- uh- you’re welcome.” Mark can feel the skin on his neck flushing, and he rubs at it with a hand. “Like I said I should go, but good luck today.”
“Thank you.” There’s a moment of quiet, then; “do you maybe want to study tomorrow?”
“I have another frat event.” Mark frowns, suddenly hating how busy being a frat boy often makes him. He used to love all the events- hanging out with friends - but now, whenever he’s with them, he always wants to be somewhere else. Somewhere with you.
“But you’re going to do great.” Mark assures you, reaching for your free hand to give it a quick squeeze. “Now you better go back inside before you get cold.”
He’s worried about your bare legs in the November air, and he can see you starting to shake. He hadn’t meant for you to be out here this long- but he should have known you’d both want to talk to each other.
“Ok- and thanks again for the coffee.”
“Any time.” Mark says. And he means it.
18: Sunday - November 9th
The gym smells of sweaty frat boys, and there’s a sickly aroma of booze hanging in the air down by where Lucas and Hendery’s duffle bags sit that makes Mark scrunch up his nose every time he gets close.
He needs to stay near the benches where his bag is- he’s waiting for a text from you. Mark had messaged you just before being forced to join the dodgeball game, and his ears are eagerly waiting to pick up the familiar tweet sound he’d assigned to your contact number- this way, he’ll always know when it’s you messaging him and he can prioritize getting to his phone.
He’d asked you if you wanted to meet up after your midterm- and Mark’s mind is already somersaulting with ideas of ways he could pamper you to congratulate you on your hard work.
“Get your head in the game.” Jaehyun says next to Mark, dodging a ball thrown by Johnny. The Chicago native and his mini me - Haechan - are always a menace when the frat goes to play dodgeball- but today, they seem to have a personal vendetta against Mark and the soccer team captain.
“What did you do to piss Johnny off?” Mark asks, moving quickly to the left as a ball whizzes past him, followed by a wail of anger from Haechan, who had tossed it.
“He was fucking his girlfriend in the showers this morning at 6 am, being really loud, so I flushed the left toilet.” Jaehyun smirks.
Ah, the left toilet: The one toilet in the frat house that, for whatever reason, when flushed, causes all the showers to go cold for a good five seconds. No matter how many plumbers have come to take a look at the frat pipes and hot water tank, no one has ever been able to fix this odd quirk- and frat boys are always more than willing to monopolize on the left toilet.
Mark thinks it might be a little hypocritical of Jaehyun to have punished Johnny for loud sex when Jaehyun’s the one always having angry fuck sessions anywhere he can get his hands on his spitfire girlfriend.
Mark has walked in on Jaehyun on accident more times than he can even count, and not once has he flushed the left toilet, although there’s been many occasions where it would have made things much easier for Mark- luckily, Yuta has been with Mark many times when they’ve stumbled upon Jaehyun, and is usually the one to flush the left toilet.
“What did you do to piss Haechan off?” Jaehyun asks when Mark ducks to dodge a ball thrown directly at his head.
“Skipped the party on Friday to study.”
“Right.” Jaehyun nods, never the type to be hyper aware of his frat brothers being at every party as Haechan is. The soccer team captain usually spends his frat parties with his girlfriend and Yuta, until he’s able to find a way to get his girlfriend away from the clutches of her best friend- the ‘Japanese prince’ can be a bit clingy when he’s drunk, and Jaehyun’s had to take the brunt of it by proxy of his girlfriend.
“Y/N right?” The way Jaehyun says your name has Mark feeling some kind of way- heat rising in his tummy.
“Good for you.” Jaehyun nods, briefly taking his eyes off of Johnny to give Mark a small smile. “It’s good that you’re dating again.”
Mark’s not even sure if he’d call what you have ‘dating’, but then the familiar tweet sound hits his ear from his right side- and his body is lurching into motion to go grab his phone.
He reaches his bag within seconds, eyes scanning the screen of his cell. You’ve agreed to meet after your midterm. Just as Mark’s heart squeezes with delight- something slams into the left side of his face, and Mark goes down.
The last thing he hears is Haechan screaming “head shot!” and after that, Mark’s not so sure.
19: Monday - November 10th
Mark’s just beginning to worry about the ice cream in his hands melting when the doors to your lecture hall open and students begin pouring out. He anxiously flattens himself against the wall, getting out of people’s way while he waits for you.
The past two hours have been torture- knowing you’re in your class, working your little bum off, being tested- he’s been anxious for you. He’s been so anxious, in fact, that he’s even skipped a class just to be here for you when you’re out of yours.
“Y/N!” He calls your name when he sees you, and you whip around to look at him, a massive smile appearing on your face.
Then you’re running- and Mark is opening his arms, forgetting all about the ice cream he’s holding in favour of wrapping you in a tight embrace-
He smashes both ice cream cones directly into your back.
Alarms go off in Mark’s brain as he tries desperately to apologize while you turn your head to try to see what’s just been smeared on both of your shoulders.
“I’m so sorry- oh my god- fuck! I got ice cream all over you-” Mark panics, letting you go as his face twists up in something like anguish while his skin begins to heat to a bright scarlet. He holds the two ruined cones in his hands.
“You got me ice cream?” You ask, turning again to look up at him with big eyes.
“Yeah, but now it’s all over you-”
“But- you got me ice cream.” You repeat, a big smile forming on your face.
“I wanted to congratulate you on your midterm.” Mark frowns, upset that he’d ruined his own plan, and he steps over towards a garbage can, tossing the cones inside. “But instead I wrecked your jacket- here, take my hoodie.”
Mark unslings his backpack quickly, setting it down on the floor by his Nike air forces. He straightens and puts a hand behind his head, grabbing his hoodie at the scuff- like Johnny had taught all the new pledges to do one day two of ‘how to be sexy in bed before your clothes are even completely off’ seminar he ran for every new round of guys during February’s Valentines Day Prep Week (which always ended with the event of the year: Jaehyun’s Valentines/birthday party).
Mark’s hoodie gets caught while he’s pulling it over his head, and he fumbles with it. With his arms raised, he can feel his shirt has ridden up, and cool air passes over the Canadian’s lower abdomen, making him tense at the unexpected temperature even while his neck heats with embarrassment.
When he’s with you- Mark feels like he can never do anything right. You make him so incredibly nervous at times.
The Canadian manages to get his hoodie off, and he thrusts it out to you, shyly running a hand through his now tousled hair.
“Thank you- I’ll just run to the bathroom to put this on and clean the ice cream off my jacket with some water. Be right back.” You get on your tiptoes, pressing a quick kiss to Mark’s cheek before darting off, and the poor Music Theory Major is left standing there; a blushing mess.
When you return, hoodie clad, Mark can’t take his eyes off of you. The fabric swallows you up, and the sleeves are much too long, giving you a sweater paw effect that makes Mark want to just scoop you up in his arms and press kisses all over your face in return for the one you’d bestowed upon him five minutes earlier.
Instead, Mark forces his rapidly beating heart to slow down. He swallows thickly, averting his eyes from your form, “I know I ruined the cones I brought- but do you want some ice cream? We could go to this place by the frat- it has really good milkshakes too-”
“That sounds perfect.”
The two of you head out of the lecture building, and the cool outside immediately makes Mark’s skin pebble with goosebumps.
“Are you sure you don’t want your hoodie back?” You ask nearly immediately, stepping closer to the Canadian while you walk. “I’m sure my jacket isn’t too ruined-”
“I’m fine.” Mark says, even as he fights the urge to rub his arms with his hands to create friction.
He hears you scoff, and then you’re grabbing his bicep, latching onto the side of his body and snuggling up, pressing your cheek against his shoulder.
“I’ll keep your left side warm.”
And his whole entire heart, it seems.
You walk in a happy silence. Neither of you can stop smiling, and when you come to a stop at a light to wait for cars to pass, you rest your cheek against Mark’s arm. Your left hand reaches across the front of your body to play with his fingers, and when the Canadian gets a chance, he locks you in, giving your digits a squeeze as he flashes you a small, shy smile, that says ‘please don’t let go.’
“Do you want to share a milkshake?” Mark asks when you reach the ice cream shop. There’s no line for service, as it is a semi cold and cloudy day. Mark enjoys having you close without so many eyes on him.
Out on the street there are too many opportunities for people he knows to see him and to come harass him- well, maybe harass isn’t the right word, but Mark wants to focus on you, and any distraction would be an unwelcome one.
You nod, grinning up at Mark before hiding your face against his shoulder again, tucking extra close to his body.
“Should we go for something classic?” Mark questions, “chocolate, vanilla, strawberry-”
“Cookies and cream.” You say, eyes locked on the board where it notes the flavours of the week.
“Where’ve you been all my life.” Mark breathes before he can help himself, and then his skin begins to flush with embarrassment.
“Hmm?” you turn to look up at the Canadian, and Mark fumbles over his response.
“I just- cookies and cream is my favourite- and usually I have to bribe friends into getting one with me because the milkshakes here are big- ”
“Your friends don't like cookies and cream?”
Mark shakes his head.
“Well then you need new friends.” You tell him in a stern voice, but you’re so small and cute and he just wants to pinch your cheeks-
“I do, do I?” Mark grins.
You nod. “But it’s okay, because now you have me.”
“Do I?” More words that Mark would have preferred his lips left unsaid- but he simply can't help himself around you, and he watches the way you become bashful at the question, squeezing his hand tighter.
“Uh huh.” You nod, hiding against his shoulder again.
Mark leaves it at that, and the two of you stand side by side, with massive smiles on your faces, the entire time you wait for your milkshake.
The plan is to get the drink and head back to your place to study, hopefully making it before the moody clouds decide to make their sadness everyone else's problem- but when the two of you exit the ice cream shop, it becomes clear that you won’t be able to make it to your place before the rain comes.
“Oh no.” Mark says when the first drop of precipitation lands on his nose, then both of you are looking up at the sky.
“Oh my jesus.” You whisper, having heard Mark say it a number of times and enjoyed the way it sounded from him.
Mark’s eyes meet your own and his lips part- he’s about to say something when there’s a flash. You both jump from the sudden light, and a moment later a low rumble follows- then comes the rain, in full force this time.
“Run!” Mark laughs, lacing his fingers with yours and securing the covered milkshake in his other hand so the two of you can take off in the direction of “the frat! It's the closest!”
You giggle at his antics, allowing the gorgeous boy to hold your hand while the two of you run through the rain to escape the sudden storm. The day is grey, but you’ve never felt so golden and warm, even as water seeps through Mark’s black hoodie, which still enwraps your form in the soft smell of the Canadian boy who’s all but captured your heart.
You’ve been to the frat village once or twice when Yeji has dragged you with her to parties, but the house Mark leads you to is one that’s completely new.
It’s a large house- more of a ‘complex’ really, with three floors and pitched roofs- and it has a covered wrap around porch at ground level that seems to lead into a half covered cemented seating area.
“It’s a Monday afternoon, so most of my frat brothers should be in class.” Mark assures you, letting go of your hand when you reach the safety of the sheltered porch area in front of the door leading to the frat.
Mark shakes out his hair, getting rid of some of the water.
You can’t help but look at the way his shirt is clinging to his body, wet from the rain. He’s toned- much more toned than you’d thought he’d be- but you suppose you’ve mostly seen him covered in warm hoodies- which are thick, if the one weighing down your shoulders is anything to go by.
The Canadian grabs the front of his shirt and turns away from you, towards the door, while he flaps the fabric back and forth, getting rid of more water.
You try to do the same, but you’re really not that wet - well at least not where it’s noticeable - the hoodie had taken the brunt of the rain-
“You better not be thinking about coming in here while you’re dripping like that.” A stern voice draws you from your thoughts and you tear your eyes away from Mark’s pretty shoulders to see a dark haired man standing in the now open doorway.
“I-” Mark freezes, as do you- but the good news is, Stern Man isn’t talking to you.
“You know Doyoung hates it when you let things drip all over his floor- Markus.” Comes a sing-song tone that Mark knows well- almost as well as he knows the warm flash of embarrassment that overtakes him.
If there’s one thing Lee Haechan knows how to do- it’s get Mark Lee flustered.
“Take it off.” The low, masculine voice belongs to Lucas, and he appears behind Haechan and Doyoung, easily visible towering behind the shorter men, even as he leans a shoulder against the wall.
Jaehyun had once told Mark he’d been jealous of Lucas (who had dated Jaehyun’s now girlfriend) because of his beauty. At the time, Mark hadn’t really believed it- after all, Jaehyun is one of the most confident guys in the entire frat- and possibly the university.
But standing outside, on the verge of starting to shiver, with the literal love of his life behind him, Mark is not ready to have to face a fluffy haired, muscle shirt and red plaid pajama pant wearing, frat boy god- not when Mark still wants to impress you so badly with his own charms.
“That’s a good idea!” Haechan says gleefully. “Take it off!”
“Come on.” Mark scoffs, finally finding his voice.
He takes a step forward- only for Doyoung to throw up an arm, blocking his way in. “I hate to agree with Lucas.” Doyoung states. “But he’s right. Your shirt is too wet. Take it off. And Haechan, hand me Mark’s hoodie from the closet.”
Mark stares at Doyoung, who is known never to back down from anything.
The Canadian sighs. He can’t believe they’re doing this to him with you right there-
“Who’s your friend, Mark?” Lucas asks, peeking up and over Doyoung to look at you.
“This is Y/N.” Haechan says smoothly, handing the hoodie to Doyoung, who holds it to his chest, making a motion that tells Mark to strip first.
Mark hands you the milkshake and sets his backpack down. He steps forward and grabs the bottom of his shirt. To be fair to Doyoung- it is soaked through, and Mark’s sure that if he was to wring it out- well, he understands Doyoung making him do this.
The music theory major listens while Haechan introduces you to Lucas while quickly tearing his wet shirt off, tossing it onto the ground and grabbing the new hoodie Doyoung extends to him.
Once it’s up and over his head, Mark picks up his backpack and steps forward to enter the frat house.
“You can both come in now.” Doyoung says, but Mark hardly hears him. He grabs at Doyoung- something he’s never really done before- as he passes by, and the older man’s eyes widen in shock.
“Don’t make her take the hoodie off if she doesn't want to.” Mark says quietly as he steps past, then he raises his voice so Lucas and Haechan can hear him. “Can you guys all give us some space?” The two men are still crowding the front door area, having just had a small conversation with you about studying - or something Mark hadn’t bothered to listen to.
Someone lets out a whistle- but it’s not one of the men in front of him, and Mark takes two steps further into the frat house, peeking his head around the wall to see the living room.
It's full of frat boys.
Johnny and Taeil are at the pool table, both have a beer in their hand and Taeyong lines up a shot, then he pauses briefly to look up at Mark- only for his gaze to shift to Doyoung, who goes to join his friend.
“Hey Mark!” Yuta sits on one end of the couch by the windows, Jaehyun on the other, the Team Captain’s girlfriend tucked into his side with her feet in her best friend’s lap.
“We saw you running through the rain.” The ‘Anime Prince’ grins mischievously, and his best friend pushes him with her foot, earning an even more sinister laugh.
So that’s how Doyoung had known to be at the door.
“Are you all skipping?!” Mark can’t help but ask, shocked to have just stumbled upon an entire gathering of people when he’d expected the house to be practically empty.
“We all saw the forecast this morning.” Haechan says to Mark.
“And if we're skippers, and you’re here, what does that make you, huh, Mark?” Johnny calls from the pool table, setting one beer down next to a - presumably empty - can on the side of the table before he lines up a shot.
The Canadian ignores his friend, and instead turns to look at you, flashing a smile and holding out his hand, “let’s go upstairs.”
“Good idea.” You say immediately. “It was nice meeting you both- and Haechan-”
Mark doesn't wait for formalities, he simply pulls you after him, past the group in the living room. “Everyone, this is Y/N. Y/N, this is everyone. Bye, everyone.” Mark says quickly.
“Mark!” Yuta whines loudly but Mark is already opening a door to the stairwell that will take you up to the second floor while calling out “dibs on our room” - although Mark’s not sure he trusts Yuta, his roommate, to take his ‘dibs’ seriously.
The frazzled Canadian leads you to his room and mutters a “thank god” when he finds it empty. He’d half expected Jungwoo to be waiting here for him like some final boss from a video game- and Mark has returned home before to find the big, cat-like frat boy stretched across his bed and in need of ‘Markie cuddles’.
“Sorry about them.” the soft, frazzled blonde says when you’re inside and he’s able to close the door, making sure to lock it.
“We probably should have guessed that on a rainy forecasted day, a lot of people would be skipping classes- and you do live in a frat house.” You respond softly, setting the milkshake you'd been holding since the shirt ordeal onto his desk by the window before moving to take off the soaked hoodie that’s still covering your body. “But I like your room. And Mark?”
“Yeah?” His heart stops a little in his chest and he leans back against the door, which he just now wishes was ten times thicker. He watches you pull off his hoodie, revealing the shirt you have on underneath.
“I like your friends.”
You nod, looking around the room.
Mark jumps into action, coming to stand next to you. “So this side of the room is mine.” he tells you, motioning with a hand to the bed on his right.
The Canadian keeps his things in a generally tidy order, and his walls are decorated with record album artwork and two guitars hanging one on hooks.
It’s the guitars that you gravitate towards, and before Mark can anticipate it- you’re turning to look at him with excited eyes. “Can you play me a song?”
“Hmm?” Mark lets out a dismayed sound.
“A song.” You repeat. “You told me you’d learn one for me.”
Mark swallows thickly. He had told you he’d work on something to be able to show you- and the Canadian music theory major searches deep into the corners of his mind for ideas.
He thinks about his friends downstairs - and how they might be able to hear Mark if he decides to whip out the guitar and give you an impromptu concert - but one look into your pretty eyes has him folding, bending over backwards like a frail leaf to accommodate your needs and wants.
“I guess, there’s one song I can play for you.” Mark says, his hand coming up to rub the back of his neck shyly.
“Really?” You beam.
“Yeah.” Mark swallows thickly, mustering up his courage as he reaches for his guitar, pulling it from the wall. “But I might be a bit rusty.” He warns you, settling down on his bed with the instrument held deftly in his experienced hands.
“I’m sure you’ll be great.” you assure the pretty boy, mirroring him and sitting, your whole body facing the musician, whose knee you accidentally bump with your own in an effort to get closer.
The Canadian takes a deep breath, and then his hands begin to move, fingers strumming the strings to create a pretty tune. “It’s uh, I’m Yours, by Jason Mraz.” Mark tells you, head dipping so his blonde hair half obscures his face while he watches his fingers move on the guitar.
You notice the way his skin has turned a pretty shade of pink, a colour you’ve come to love on him due to how often he’s blushing. He’s so shy- and it makes you want to shower him with compliments- especially when he opens his mouth to begin singing, and one of the prettiest voices you’ve ever heard fills the room.
Mark gets through the first verse seamlessly, but when he reaches the chorus, the Canadian sneaks a glance up at you. That’s when he begins to fumble- breaking at the weight of your attention on his shoulders.
He forces his eyes away from you, trying to still his rapidly beating heart while singing and keeping his fingers playing the right chords- it’s one of the most difficult things Mark Lee has ever done- and he’s taught himself not one, not two- but four of the most difficult guitar picking songs to play in the world- so Mark knows musical pressure.
But he’s never known musical pressure like this.
Because suddenly, every word leaving his lips is a word he truly means- or at least, Mark aspires to be the kind of guy spoken about in the lyrics who reaches out for the things he wants, with no hesitation.
Mark’s not sure how he does it, but he makes his way through the song, reaching the outro and finishing on the line “I’m yours” as his fingers come to a stop on the strings.
You burst into applause nearly the moment Mark is finished his song, and the Canadian is shocked by the way you practically launch yourself at him, wrapping your arms around him despite the guitar getting between your bodies. “That was so good!” You squeal into his ear.
Mark is quick to shift the instrument out of where it’s uncomfortably caught. This gives him the ability to pull you to his chest completely, and the Canadian falls back against his bed, taking you with him.
The two of you land in a fit of giggles and smiles, both of you adjusting for the new position that has you half lying on his chest. “You’re such a good singer.” You tell him, face nuzzled against his neck.
Your breath tickles his skin, and Mark’s cheeks are hurting from how much he smiles when he’s around you.
Your fingers reach to play with the fabric of his hoodie by Mark’s shoulder, and Mark turns his head, looking down at you.
Your eyes are so pretty- Mark could get lost in them, in fact, he thinks maybe he already has.
He watches the way your gaze darts down to his lips- and Mark thinks: ‘Fuck it. No hesitation.’
His fingers find the bottom of your chin, and he gently prompts you to raise your face just slightly, even as he dips down to press his lips to yours.
You kiss him back, matching the softness, and your fingers pull more on the fabric of his hoodie, helping you shift to be closer to the pretty Music Theory Major.
“Mark-” You breathe a sigh of happiness against his lips, not knowing what you want, but knowing you want more- whatever that entails.
‘No hesitation’, Mark reminds himself, doing his best to read both your verbal and non verbal cues. He wraps his arms around you and gently prompts you to roll, moving the both of you until he’s settled between your legs, and your back is pressed against his bed while the Canadian hovers over you, holding himself up with an elbow by your head while his lips move softly against your own.
Your fingers find his hair, and when you tug on the pretty strands, Mark lets out a small groan that goes straight to your core.
He’s so unbelievably sexy- in this ‘I have no idea how fucking handsome I am’ kind of way.
Maybe he’s just Canadian- you’re not sure.
You tug at Mark’s hoodie, and he pulls away from your lips. “Can I take this off?” He asks you, hands playing with the hood strings, pulling this way and that while he looks down at you, hair tousled.
You nod, eager to see his toned torso again after having been teased with it not once, but twice today.
With his hoodie discarded, Mark’s able to feel the draft coming from the open window. The cool stream of air that flows through the small space brings the aroma of rain and the repetitive pattering sound of heavy water hitting the sidewalk just outside the frat.
The coolness of the air reminds Mark of the warmth of you, and he’s quick to find his way back into your embrace again, his lips meeting yours with a new fervour. Your hands explore the bare expanse of his shoulders, fingers digging into his muscle and earning another groan of pleasure from the Canadian.
One of his hands grabs at the pillow by your head, and Mark fights the urge to rut against you, his cock pressing hard against the front of his jeans.
Mark’s never been the type to be upset about his ‘frat boy labido’, but right now, it’s getting in the way of him wanting to worship you. He wants to take his time- wants to kiss every inch of your pretty skin- he wants to taste-
The Canadian groans again, tearing his lips from yours in favour of going after your neck. He’s sure he can find some sweet spots there- can elicit some pretty sounds that will distract him from his own growing need.
“You’re so pretty.” He whispers, heart clenching in his chest at how it feels to verbally worship you- on top of the physical ways he’s already attempting to show how much he cares.
A soft whimper leaves your lips and you tangle your fingers in Mark’s hair, egging him on to continue. “So soft.” His voice comes out hoarse and he presses more kisses against the column of your throat, enjoying the way you arch your neck to give him the most space possible.
Mark swallows thickly, his kisses continuing downward. He gently moves the fabric of your shirt with two fingers, exposing your collar bone, which he peppers in tiny kisses.
Hearing his name makes Mark look up at you with concern- only for him to find you with your bottom lip half pulled between your teeth, eyes heavy lidded- looking as sexy as you ever have.
The music theory major all but lunges back up at you, capturing your mouth with his own as one hand goes to cup the side of your face, his thumb under your jaw, directing you where he wants you to be as his tongue slips past your lips-
A sudden screeching sound makes both you and Mark jump, your fingers digging into his shoulders while the two of you whip around to look at his door- which is, thankfully, still closed.
The scream had sounded suspiciously like Haechan- but Mark’s been living with his friend long enough to be able to tell that the noise hadn’t been loud enough to have been too close.
“Let me put on some music.” Mark says, pushing off of you so he can sit on his knees, hand digging into his pocket for his phone. While his eyes scan the screen for a playlist, he notices your legs on either side of his waist, now bent at the knee, your feet flat on the bed. Mark allows the fingers on his free hand to gently brush your skin, trailing them up and down your thigh while he connects his phone to the bluetooth speakers.
“And the door is locked.” Mark tells you as soft music fills the room. He tosses his phone onto his hoodie, which is resting on the floor where he’d discarded it. “They’re a little loud- but uh, they shouldn’t try to come barging in or anything.”
“Okay.” You breathe, looking up at him with shy eyes.
Mark can hardly meet your gaze either, and instead he focuses on watching his finger trail up and down your leg, testing the denim of your pants. “Can I-”
“You don’t even know what I'm going to ask.” Mark grins, peeking up at you somewhat bashfully.
“That’s okay.” You assure him, also smiling a small happy shy smile that tells Mark you’re in this together.
Often with girls, Mark finds himself in power imbalances. Most of the time, the girl likes him much more than he likes her- which is why he’s not a one night stand kind of guy anymore - but with you, he knows you like each other a similar amount.
Or at least, he hopes you like him in a similar way to the amount he likes you- and if you don’t, well, if he treats you like a goddess, you will soon- right?
“Kiss?” You reach for him and Mark realizes he has to stop being so in his head, or he’ll risk missing opportunities with you.
He supposes he can pull your pants down - like he’d intended to do - later, because right now, all Mark wants to do is get lost in your lips- and your touches; your fingers trailing up and down his skin.
Mark kisses you like his life depends on it, and the gentle music playing from the speakers provides a comfort sound blanket that makes Mark feel confident he’s the only one able to hear your soft, pretty sounds of pleasure.
“I need-” You whimper when Mark’s kisses move to your jaw again, lips freed, and Mark is more than ready to hear exactly what you’d like him to do to you.
But when you let out a small whine, pulling Mark’s face back up to your own so you can hide against his neck- Mark realizes you might need a little help verbalizing what it is that you want.
“What do you need, pretty girl?” Mark asks, his voice coming out huskier than he’d intended, and his hips shudder at the sound of his own words - which had come out much more confident than Mark was even intending them to - causing friction, and sending electric shocks of pleasure skittering up Mark’s body.
“You.” Your whimpery voice makes Mark groan, fist grabbing at the pillow again.
He can no longer help himself- especially if you’re going to be responding to him like this.
His hips rut against you, causing a delicious friction that makes you both moan, lips clashing and muffling the sounds. Your lips are like cookies and cream, Mark’s favourite, and he can only imagine how the rest of you is going to taste, and feel, against his tongue.
It takes everything Mark has to pull away from you, but he quickly shuffles down the bed, hands finding the waistband of your jeans and following it to the button, which he undoes. His gaze shifts up to you, scanning your expression to make sure you’re alright with this. You even lift your hips to help Mark with the process, and he tugs your pants down, eager to get them off.
“Shirt?” Mark asks as he settles on the bed between, laying down flat and positioning one of your legs over his shoulder. He presses a soft kiss to your inner thigh, breathing in the smell of you.
Your core is covered in a pretty pair of blue underwear, Mark’s favourite colour, and a wet patch is showing-
‘Did I do that?’ Mark wonders, eyes moving up to watch as you take your shirt off, following through with his earlier request.
Your bra is also a pretty blue- matching to your underwear, and Mark briefly remembers what Jaehyun had told him one time at a Frat retreat in Sweden: ‘if you take the girls clothes off and she’s in a matching set, you’re not getting lucky, she planned the whole thing’.
He wonders if you planned on getting caught in the rain- only to remember that showing up outside your lecture hall after your midterm was more of his idea than yours.
He has no clue that you’ve been wearing sets for the past week with the hopes that maybe Mark would go a bit further than just kissing you- and it’s beginning to look more and more like today’s going to be the day.
“You’re so pretty.” Mark coos, his lips teasing the sensitive flesh of your inner thighs again- causing a shudder to run through your body.
“No you.” you state.
Mark’s ears turn red, and he rubs his face against your thigh, fingers gripping your legs as he adjusts them on his shoulders.
“And I like your hair like this.” You continue, enjoying the effect your words seem to have on the soft music theory major between your thighs. You reach a hand out, fingers threading through his golden locks. You’d enjoyed his natural dark hair- but you have to admit, this blonde makes Mark even more ethereal- if that’s possible.
“Stop.” Mark groans, his teeth nipping at your skin only for his lips to sooth the spot a moment later.
His voice lacks conviction.
“And has anyone ever told you-” You let out a sigh, stopping momentarily to close your eyes and enjoy the sensation of his breath fanning across your covered core, “that you’re an amazing kisser?”
Now Mark groans, fingers digging into your thighs and dragging you down to his face. He doesn’t say anything, doesn’t ask permission - although, you’ve already told him he can do whatever he wants with you - he simply presses his mouth to your core, tongue pushing at blue fabric.
You mewl, pulling at The Canadian’s soft hair, “Mark-”
He adjusts, two fingers grabbing one side of your underwear and pulling them to the side.
This time, when his mouth finds you, there’s nothing in his way.
You hold your breath, attention fixed on Mark as he drags his tongue the length of your entrance, stopping to swirl his wet muscle around your clit. Your legs shake on either side of his head at the gentle caress- and your fingers flex in his hair, a gasp leaving your lips as you relax into his bed.
While he holds your underwear to the side with his right hand, his left palm begins to smooth up and down the top of your thigh, keeping it over his shoulder, and providing a repetitive comforting motion that has your skin breaking out in excited goosebumps.
His tongue prods your hole, pushing in and earning a whimper that escapes your chest before you’re able to stop it. “Mark-” You moan again, tightening your grip in his hair, your lower body wiggling as you attempt to grind down against his face- nothing has ever felt this good.
Your teeth sink into your lower lip, and you sneak a glance down at the music theory major. His eyes meet yours, and you feel your skin erupt in heat, embarrassment flooding your body.
“So pretty.” Mark reminds you, pulling away from your core to press a kiss to your inner thigh again. His left hand leaves your thigh, fingers gently brushing over the swell of your breast, “can I-”
You cover his hand with your own, guiding him to apply some pressure, and a small whine leaves your lips at the feeling. You let go of Mark, but his hand stays where it is, giving its own testing squeeze as his tongue returns to your core with new vigour.
You can feel yourself getting closer and closer to an orgasm with each lap of the singer’s tongue, and when he moves his mouth up slightly, suctioning his lips around your clit- you know you won't be able to hold on much longer.
Words feel to be too difficult for your lust hazed mind, and the most you can do is hold onto Mark’s hair as an anchor and whisper his name over and over until his tongue is dragging you over the edge and you’re enwrapped in a euphoric warmth as your orgasm washes over you in waves of golden light.
The soft Canadian boy stays between your legs, licking you through your high.
His hand moves from your breast in favour of locking his fingers with yours, giving you a gentle squeeze when he feels you’re finally coming down. Mark looks up at you in wonder, wanting to take it all in. You’re the most beautiful girl he’s ever seen- and watching you come undone on his tongue had been the highlight of his entire university experience- maybe even his whole life.
He presses a kiss to your clit and your legs shiver, attempting to close on either side of his head. Mark can’t help but smile, sneaking a glance up at you again, “no more?” Ge asks, eager to make you cum for him again.... And again, and again, and again-
“I want-” Your free hand reaches down for Mark and the Canadian releases your underwear, letting them move back into place while he rises to meet you-
There’s a loud banging at the door that makes both you and Mark practically jump out of your skin, followed by Yuta’s loud voice calling: “I at least need my laptop so I can study downstairs if you guys are in the room!”
Mark is quick to jump into motion, grabbing your jeans and shirt off the floor and tossing them at you before reaching for his own hoodie. “One second!” He screams at the door, pulling the fabric to cover his bare torso. The Canadian tugs at the hem, turning away from you to adjust his cock - which is pressing almost painfully against the denim of his jeans - and he makes sure it’s not noticeable.
Then Mark grabs Yuta’s laptop, turning to make sure you’re dressed before he heads to the door to open it a few inches, all but thrusting the laptop out and into Yuta’s arms. “Here.” Mark says, closing the door just as quickly as he’d opened it.
The music theory major locks the door again before leaning back against it, eyes finding you on his bed. “Sorry.”
You shake your head, releasing Mark of any anxiety he has over having just been interrupted. You still have your lip caught between your teeth, and you look so incredibly sexy- eyes half lidded, chest rising and falling with each breath-
“I think-” You fidget with the long sleeves of your sweater, “I think Yeji should be in class- if it’s a bit too crowded here, we could get umbrellas and walk to my place-”
“Good idea.” Mark is nodding and heading to his closet before you’re even done your sentence, and a moment later he produces two umbrellas and a rain jacket, which he holds out for you.
“Don’t you need this jacket?” You ask.
Mark shakes his head, “I don't care about getting rain on me- but I don't want you to get wet.”
The moment the words leave his lips, Mark’s skin flushes a pretty pink colour that has you both shyly hiding your faces. “Let’s go.” Mark picks up his backpack and you do the same, then he reaches for your hand and the two of you leave his room, milkshake long forgotten- after all, Mark has his eyes set on something much sweeter.
“You heard what?!” Haechan is on his feet in an instant, only to be tugged back to the couch by Johnny, who attempts to smooth this whole thing over.
“I’m sure you were just hearing the music.”
“It was definitely not the music.” Yuta says, taking his seat next to Jaehyun with his laptop out. “Mark is up there doing something with that girl and we all know it.”
Taeyong sighs, gaze drifting to the stairwell. “We don’t know-”
“The kid serenaded her!” Yuta whisper screams, conscientious of anyone eavesdropping on the impromptu gossip session that had sprung out of his own eavesdropping. “we all know-”
“I’m going up there.” Haechan announces, trying to stand again, only to be roughly tugged down for a third time by Johnny.
“You’re going to stay down here and give Mark some space.” Johnny says, looking his friend dead in the eyes.
“But Mark and his mommy milkers!” Haechan wails, closing his eyes and throwing himself down into the couch like a tantruming child.
“Oh my Jesus.” A soft whisper, and it draws all eyes.
Mark is standing by the stairwell, you right behind him, and he’s staring at Haechan while his skin turns a beautiful scarlet red colour.
“Mark!” Haechan squawks, everyone realizing at the same time that you’d just heard Haechan state ‘Mark and his mommy milkers’ with the most confident tone ever- “we were definitely not talking about your mommy milkers kink-”
Johnny grabs Haechan by the neck and all but throws him onto the couch, before covering the smaller man with his entire body, squishing Haechan down into the fabric.
“We weren't talking about that at all.” Johnny says, lurching a little as he squashes Haechan harder.
“Because- because Mark doesn’t have a mommy kink.” Doyoung tries to be helpful from the kitchen, where he and Taeyong are standing, each with a glass of wine, and a mortified look on their faces.
“He just likes sucking on tiddies.” Comes another ‘helpful’ tone, this time from under Johnny, and the big man purposefully jumps more, squishing Haechan further into the couch, earning a pained whining sound.
“We’re heading out.” Mark says, skin still bright red as he drags you through the living room to the door.
The entire room of boys watches Mark run away.
It's only when Yuta looks out the window and is sure Mark is half way across the field in front of the frat that the anime prince says, “good for him.”
And everyone, even Haechan - who is still being pinned down and tickled as punishment from Johnny - agrees.
“Haechan’s just like that- not that I don’t enjoy- uh, boobs, but Haechan-” Mark has been trying to apologize for his friends behaviour the entire walk home, and you think it’s adorable how flustered he gets.
You squeeze his hand, “it’s okay.”
“The whole mommy thing is really more of a Haechan kink-” Mark continues, and you laugh, enjoying the way he rambles when he’s nervous.
You’re interested in Mark’s kinks, and hearing him discuss kinks in a general sense is making you wet again- even though Mark’s brought you an umbrella.
You’d been so close to having him- so close to wrapping him in your arms and inviting him inside-
But you’d been interrupted, and now, your feet carry you quickly towards your apartment, energized by the notion of what is to come.
You reach the door to your home, heart lurching with excitement, and just as you’re about to go to unlock the door, it’s thrown open and you’re met with the visual of your roommate all but climbing Jeno, their lips (and tongues) locked in a battle that looks as fierce as ever.
“I have to go-” Jeno groans.
Neither he nor Yeji have noticed you and Mark standing right in front of them.
You and Mark are frozen where you stand- both too polite to say anything, and too shocked. But then Mark drops his umbrella, the sound makes both Yeji and Jeno break their kiss, two steely gazes landing on the soft people at the door.
“Oh-” Yeji jumps away from Jeno, “you’re home.”
“You’re home.” You counter, looking at your roommate quizzically.
“Everyone skips on rainy days.” Yeji brushes it off, reaching out and grabbing your hand, “and now we can bake cookies! Girls day! Thanks for dropping her off Mark! And for picking up this loser-” She pushes at Jeno’s back and he steps forward, into the hallway to join Mark.
Then Jeno turns, grabbing Yeji’s hand, tugging roughly and pulling her to his lips for one final kiss. “Don’t pretend you don’t love me.” he says darkly, holding her gaze.
“You’re still a loser.” Yeji states, pressing a peck to Jeno’s nose before returning to the warmth of her apartment. “Bye you two.”
Everything happens fast with Yeji, and it leaves you and Mark scrambling.
You want to invite Mark in- but Yeji wants a girls day- and Mark wants to invite himself in- but Yeji wants a girls day- neither of you have the heart to deny her of this, especially since the idea of ‘girls day’ is making her so bright and bubbly.
You both push your needs to the side.
“Thanks for walking me home Mark.” You smile softly.
“Yeah, don’t mention it.” The Canadian shoves his hands in his pockets, “I'll see you at the library tomorrow?”
You nod, and just as Mark thinks that's the end of things, you step out of your apartment and press a quick kiss to his lips that leaves the music theory major breathless. “Bye Mark.” You say again.
Then the door is closing, leaving Mark and Jeno standing in the hallway outside.
Jeno picks up the umbrella Mark had dropped earlier, swinging it as if he doesn’t have a care in the world. “So Mark.” Jeno sighs, heading off towards the elevators, “I heard in the group chat that you serenaded Y/N today? That’s embarrassing.”
20: Tuesday - November 11th
Mark doesn’t mind holding your hand under the table while the two of you study. You both know that if you were to do this openly, Jungwoo would probably never let you hear the end of it. But after two hours of pretending to be just friends - ‘Because lets be real,’ Mark thinks to himself, ‘we’re way past that now’ - the Canadian is beginning to tire of not showering you in blatant adoration- and possibly kisses.
“You hungry?” Mark asks, ignoring the food monster sitting right in front of him who says “I am!”
“A little.” You respond, mirroring Mark by turning to face him. “What were you thinking?”
“Vending machine?” Jungwoo says louder still.
“Maybe the canteen area?” Mark suggests, “they also have hot chocolate- tea-”
“Sounds nice.” You nod.
“Want to come grab it with me?” Mark asks.
You nod again, grinning at Mark.
“Get me a sandwich!” Jungwoo whines, having picked up on the little ‘game’ Mark’s playing. It’s obvious to Jungwoo that he’s not invited on your exciting canteen adventure, but he’ll be damned if he doesn't at least get a sandwich out of it.
You and Mark are quick to head to the cafe on the main floor, and when you get to the small lineup, Mark finally steps closer to you, his shoulder gently touching your own. “How was girl’s day yesterday?” He asks.
“Fine.” You loop your hands through Mark’s arm, resting your head on his shoulder. “I'm sorry about that, by the way. I wanted to invite you in-”
“It’s okay, I have pushy roommates too, remember.” You can hear Mark smiling even though you’re looking at the specials board, and you squeeze his arm, rubbing your face against the warm fabric of his hoodie.
“What are you up to tomorrow?” Mark asks, knowing he has a bit of time in his schedule to see you if you’re not busy.
“I think Yeji signed us all up for hot yoga or something-” You respond, “then she said something about takeout and movies, so probably another girls day.”
“Wow, two in one week.” Mark says in shock.
“She says you’re stealing me away from her, so she has to call dibs on my time more.” You sigh, grinning.
“Well what are you doing on Thursday?” Mark asks.
You look up at him, smiling softly, “you tell me.”
21: Wednesday - November 12
“Can you believe they make us do two hikes? During rainy season!?” Haechan screams over his shoulder at Mark, who is substantially lower down on the muddy ridge they’re attempting to climb.
“This isn’t really a hike.” Mark mutters, but he knows Haechan doesn’t hear him, already pushing on up the trail. Sometimes, the Canadian wonders why he even goes with Haechan on these trips- it’s not like Haechan went with Mark when he did this class in first year. “And you do three hikes in total, actually.” Mark calls, “which means you have one more.”
“What!?” ( @ 2:36)
“One more.” Mark repeats, catching up to the man who has come to a complete stop in the middle of the trail.
“No!” Haechan stomps his foot and Mark narrowly misses being splashed with muddy water that has been accumulating into puddles on the path. “At least you’re coming to the party on Friday- right Mark?”
The Canadian’s hands find the strings of his hood, and he toys them one way, then the other, “uh-”
“Mark!” The whiney voice makes Mark groan.
“I’ll see if y/n wants to come- but I was kind of thinking of going to her place-”
“To do what? Not get laid again?!” Haechan scoffs.
Mark can’t help the smile that spreads across his face.
He’s enjoyed keeping you a secret.
When he’d returned to the frat on monday with Jeno, after being cockblocked by Yeji, the whole living room had interrogated Mark for details based off of Yuta’s claim he had ‘heard something’.
Mark had been able to downplay everything.
And he’d been truthful. He hadn’t fucked you.
Everyone had teased him, and he’d taken it all, knowing that it was just a matter of time.
“Mark.” A hand grabs at the Canadian’s shoulder and his best friend stops him in his tracks. “You told us you didn’t fuck her.”
“I didn’t.” Mark says. “I haven't.”
“So why are you smiling like that-” Haechan pushes at Mark’s chest roughly, only to grip the front of his jacket and pull him close, “huh?”
Mark shrugs, unable to help the grin on his face. He doesn't even care that Haechan’s jostling has pushed his hood down - the rain had once been something Mark didn’t really enjoy, but now, he didn’t mind it so much.
Not since some of his best moments with you had been helped along by the clouds.
“Invite her to the party, and if you don’t like it, you guys can leave- but come on!” Haechan groans. “We have the fire pit going and Yuta only knows so many songs he can play on the guitar that don’t get him immediately laid and no longer our musical entertainment.”
“Fine. I’ll come for a bit, even if I go to her place after.”
22: Thursday - November 13th
“What are you thinking?” You ask, sneaking a glance up at Mark.
He’s sitting across from you and the two of you have snagged a seat closest to the windows in the library- a little away from where you normally sit, but the two of you have been trying to escape Jungwoo-
“I wish it had rained today.” He says, still looking out at the clouds. “The forecast said it might.”
“And why is that?” You smile, although you think you might already know the answer.
Now Mark looks at you. “There’s a frat party tomorrow- my friends would like to see you there, Haechan in particular. And I would too- it could be fun.”
You nod. “Yeji mentioned it. I’d love to come.”
Mark breaks into the prettiest smile you’ve ever seen, and he reaches across the table to grab your hand, lacing your fingers.
“Also, about the rain- even though it’s not on forecast, I would have invited you to study at my place- but Yeji is cramming for a midterm tomorrow, and it’s best not to be in the apartment when she’s like this.”
“Oh.” Mark’s heart heaves in his chest and you squeeze his hand gently. “Well, tomorrow- if you come to the party with Yeji- she’ll probably stay much longer-”
“There you two are!”
It’s the worst possible person to ruin the moment. Kim Jungwoo. And if you weren’t there, Mark swears to god he’d-
“Jungwoo! We couldn’t find you earlier.” You say, releasing Mark’s hand. He’s shocked by how flawlessly you can pretend the two of you haven’t been hiding from Jungwoo-
“I got lost trying to find the cafe.” Jungwoo says, taking a seat next to you. “But,” he puts a sandwich down on the table, “as you can see, I found it.”
The two of you should have known not to get a seat near any location with food.
23: Friday - November 14th
“This is going to sound crazy-” Jungwoo says, his words sloshing together while his drink, well, sloshes around in his cup. His arm is thrown around Mark’s shoulders while your class project partner leans in to talk to you. “Haechan’s a fucking wizard.”
“Okay!” Mark says loudly, pushing his friend up by the chest so he’s at a more normal himbo light tour level. “You need to sit down somewhere.”
“He just needs water.” Haechan slides under Jungwoo’s other arm, a cup in hand, and the man with white blonde hair grabs it, sipping on the straw.
“A wizard.” Jungwoo says loudly after a few gulps.
“Tell us what happened.” Mark says, grabbing your hand and pulling you close to his side to make room in the narrow second floor hallway as Renjun runs by with- wait, was that the tattoo gun Doyoung confiscated?-
“Last Friday it was forecasted for 100% rain, but I did the rain dance, and then by the time our party came, the rain had stopped!”
“Poof!” Jungwoo motions with his hands.
“And the time before that-”
“How many times in a row has it happened, Wizard.” Johnny comes up behind Haechan, and Mark’s glad he’s finally intervening.
“Five times.” Haechan announces, holding a hand out to show all of his fingers proudly.
“Sure- anyways,” Johnny turns to Mark, “we’re going outside for the fire pit, are you two coming?”
The Canadian looks down at you and you nod, squeezing his hand. “Yeah, we’ll head out.” Mark says, “but we’re going to go grab jackets first.”
“I’ll save you a seat.” Johnny promises, “nice meeting you again.”
“You too.” You smile as the tall man passes you and heads down to the first level, where the frat party is already in full swing.
“Did you guys bring Yeji?” You turn to see Jeno poking his head out of his room. Even though he’s Yeji’s part time boytoy and part time boyfriend, you can appreciate how pretty Lee Jeno is. His hair is wet, like he’s fresh from the shower, and he’s just buttoning up his shirt.
“You weren’t waiting at the door when they arrived, so she said something about finding another guy.” Haechan states - a lie, in part. Haechan had let you all in, and Yeji had been disappointed in Jeno for not being there waiting for her- so she’d gone to join some sorority girl friends.
But, Yeji is one of the most gorgeous girls on campus- and she’s in a frat house, with a boytoy who never commits and lays a claim-
Sometimes you worry about Jeno.
You hope he doesn’t lose her.
Jeno darts off, Haechan and Jungwoo go down to the fire, and soon you’re in Mark’s room getting your pick of his hoodies.
“Which one do you think I should wear?” You sigh, running your hand across the fabrics.
“This one.” And then Mark is pulling the hem of his oversized hoodie over you, his other hand spinning you so you can press to his chest, the hoodie cocooning you both in warmth as Mark presses his lips to yours.
In the heat of the kiss, you find yourself remembering something Yeji had told you at a sorority girl sleepover one summer: grab a guy by his belt and pull him closer if you think you have the upper hand in any way - which, ‘you all do,’ she’d noted ‘because you’re hot girls, and men are god damned lucky’.
Your fingers grab at Mark’s belt and the Canadian shivers, looking down as you try to pull him closer as confidently as you can.
Mark chuckles, watching your attempt. Then his eyes find yours.
He’s still holding the hoodie up with one hand, but the other is on the small of your back, drawing you in-
“Get a door Mark!” Someone screams.
Mark groans- but then his brows furrow, “wait, what?!”
He tears the hoodie off you both, looking towards the entrance to his room, where, low and behold: the door is now missing.
“Door stealing?” You ask, reaching for one of the extra hoodies to pull it on now that the moment’s been ruined.
“It’s something we do sometimes in the frat-” Mark tries to explain, “but uh, we generally do it when someone is going to get laid and the house wants to make it harder on them to find a private place-”
“Good thing we don’t have to worry about that.” You say, lacing your fingers with Mark’s, “because we have my place too.”
Mark’s struck by the use of ‘we’ in your sentence- and he wonders if you’ve referred to the two of you as ‘we’ before- he wonders when you become a ‘we’, a unit, and he thinks about it the entire walk down to the fire pit.
“Mark!” Haechan leads the chorus of screams that welcomes the Canadian, and room is made between Johnny and Jungwoo for the two of you to sit.
The music theory major finds himself overwhelmed within moments, with two pretty sorority girls cozying up next to Johnny to gain access to Mark, and innumerable people asking ‘where the hell have you been for the past few parties?’
You watch the frazzled Canadian attempt to make pleasantries with people- even as Haechan thrusts a guitar into his hands.
It’s interesting to see Mark like this- in this setting.
He’s obviously a popular guy, and you’ve always known as much, but seeing him be fawned over by men and women alike- seeing him be the center of attention- you’re not sure you expected this from the seemingly shy, bashful, soft boy you’ve come to know.
“Is he going to play one of your songs?” Jungwoo asks, nudging your shoulder as he invades your space, the scent of booze washing over your senses as his breath teases your ear.
“One of my songs?” You turn to look at your part time class project partner, part time friend.
“Yeah.” Jungwoo nods earnestly. “The songs about you.” He boops your nose and your heart lurches in your chest.
Jungwoo nods again, a massive grin spreading across his face while he grabs your jaw with one large hand, “that kid loves you.”
“Jungwoo.” Someone jostles your friend’s back, and you look up to see the ‘anime prince’ taking a seat on Jungwoo’s other side. “Stop spilling all of Mark’s secrets before he’s even played us a song, or he’s going to ditch again.”
As if on cue, the guitar sounds behind you, and you turn to follow it, putting Jungwoo’s words on the back burner of your brain so you can focus on Mark.
“What song should I play?” Mark asks the group, fingers moving gingerly across the chords as he plays around, a testament to his skill.
“A love song.” A pretty brunette says from across the fire, and you note how she leans in to catch Mark’s eye, sitting forward and showing off the low cut of her top even while her jacket is wrapped around her body- as is the arm of one of the younger frat boys.
You have an instant dislike for her… and the googly eyes she’s making at Mark.
A few more back and forths lead to Haechan choosing a song, and soon, Mark’s voice is drawing even more people to crowd around the fire pit.
The first song ends and everyone erupts in applause, turning the man who had been so confident while singing- back into your soft, shy boy.
“Play a rap song!” Someone bellows, and you turn to see a massive, shirtless man with a dragon tattoo on his back get shoved by a pretty girl next to him while he laughs-
He’s the pretty one you met when you and Mark were chased to the frat by the rainstorm- Lucas, you think? - and from the way everyone around you laughs at his suggestion - and the way he grabs the girl who’d scoffed loudest and kisses her - that this might be a semi common occurrence here.
“Play Wonderwall.” One of the older guys suggests, and a moment later, Mark is following through, with most of the crowd joining in to sing.
Mark bobs his head while he plays, his foot tapping, voice ringing clear and steady. His tone stays angelic, even when his friends try to derail the song with adlibs and loud belted notes.
You notice Mark’s ears turning red even in the dim light of the fire as he comes to the repetitive conclusion of the song.
“You’re gonna be the one that saves me.” He sings, with the crowd echoing Mark while he plays it out.
When he’s done, his hand finds your thigh, and you grab at his arm, tucking into his side like you’ve become used to doing.
Mark turns his head so he can talk in your ear as people discuss the next song. “It’s so weird singing in front of people after taking a few weeks off.” Mark says.
“I didn’t realize I was depriving your party of its entertainment.” You grin up at him. “You were so good!”
Mark looks down at you. He wants to tell you that what was really weird was singing a love song in front of you but not to you. But before he can, Haechan is announcing the next music choice, and Mark is once again lifting his guitar to play.
“Two more songs.” He tells you. “Then we can leave- if you still want to.”
The small nod you give him is enough to keep Mark energized the rest of his small ‘set’.
“Can you believe it?” You ask after stripping out of the wet hoodie. You’re near your window now, looking out at the downpour. “The sky was fine- then all of the sudden the rain-”
You turn to talk to Mark, only to find yourself chest to chest with the Canadian, and his hands grab your waist to settle you.
Any thoughts or opinions you'd had on the weather dissipate from your mind as you look up at Mark.
“Thanks for coming to the party with me.” He says softly, one hand moving to cup your face, tilting you up even more.
You can’t help yourself, throwing your arms around the back of Mark’s neck while lurching on your tiptoes to kiss him.
He tastes like the beer Haechan made him take for the walk back to your place, and it doesn’t fit the soft Mark aesthetic at all-
Mark bumps into something and the two of you fall, the Canadian landing on your couch with you on top of him, your knees on either side of his waist.
You’ve stopped kissing in shock of falling, and now you find yourself giggling at Mark’s clumsiness. “Can I tell you something?” you ask.
“Yes please.” Mark’s hands find your waist and he gently adjusts the way you’re sitting, prompting you to grab at his shoulders, steadying yourself to get comfortable.
“Would you find it weird if I told you I was a little jealous tonight?” The moment the words leave your lips you want to hide, and instead you grab Mark’s cute lil face and cover his eyes, “don't look at me.”
Mark laughs. “You?! Jealous of me?”
“Well I was jealous of those girls at the fire pit. They were all flirting with you-”
“They were not.”
“Mark Lee. They were!” You insist.
Mark pushes your hands away from his eyes, looking up at you. One of his arms wraps around the small of your back and he adjusts you, leaning up to kiss the underside of your jaw. “I didn't notice. All I noticed all night was you.”
“I’m kind of shocked you’re jealous though, to be honest.” Mark says, sitting back and assessing you, both of his hands finding your thighs. His thumbs rub slow, hard, warm, circles through your jeans.
“I can be jealous.” You grab at his face, pouting, and Mark grins.
“I just mean- for you to think there’d be anyone else-” Mark shakes his head slightly, and you move in until your lips are almost touching his, the Canadian’s hands finding your waist again.
“Keep talking?” You whisper, leaning forward and licking at the shell of Mark’s ear, which has him shivering under you, fingers digging into your waist now.
“Fuck.” Mark groans, allowing you to push his face to the side and give yourself more access to his neck.
“Can I tell you something?” Mark asks, echoing your words earlier.
“Yes, please.” You press a kiss to his neck, enjoying how fast his pulse is racing- you can see it in the vein on his neck, and it strains when Mark does- pushing up so you can feel him at your core.
You grind down against Mark, both of you groaning.
“Even before Jungwoo introduced us-” Mark’s hands apply more pressure to your hips, urging you to move. The quiet Canadian man handles you into a rocking motion that has the seam of your jeans pressing deliciously against your clit. “I thought you were the cutest-” he groans louder, then he pushes your hands away from him before grabbing your jaw, forcing his lips onto yours, “girl on campus.” He finishes, leaving you all too soon.
“If we’re being honest-” You wrap your arms around the back of Mark’s neck, using his body to anchor you as you grind harder against him, “before Jungwoo introduced us- I thought you were the sexiest guy who’d ever sat by a vending machine in the whole world.”
Mark laughs, blinking up at you in a daze, “the whole world, huh?”
You hum in affirmation, pressing your lips to Mark’s while you continue to rock yourself against him, core buzzing with the slow foreplay stimulation and the effect of Mark’s words.
The music theory major tugs at your shirt before one hand slips under it, cold fingers teasing your abdomen. You break the kiss so you can straighten, grabbing the hem of your shirt to pull it up and over your head before tossing it in the direction of your room.
“Wow.” Mark breathes, his thumb brushing the underwire of your bra while he looks at you with eyes so big they have entire galaxies swirling around in their depths and twinkling up at you.
“So- about what Haechan said- about how you like to suck on boobs-”
“Oh my Jesus.” Mark groans, head lolling back onto the backrest of the couch, then his hands move to cover his face.
“Mark.” You laugh, leaning forward to grab at his wrists, pulling his hands from his face. “Look at me.”
He groans but after a moment he follows through, blinking up at you while his skin blossoms with pretty pinks.
“Mark.” You coo, brushing your fingers across his face. “It’s like you’ve forgotten... I have boobs.”
“What?” Mark’s arms wrap around the small of your back and he pulls you close, looking up at you with confused eyes, because this feels much too obvious-
“I just mean-” You run your fingers through his pretty golden hair. “You like sucking on boobs- and well, I mean, I have some boobs-”
Mark’s lips part, and he looks up at you with the biggest doe eyes you’ve ever seen. You think he’s adorable- the way he acts like having a ‘tiddie kink’ is a bad thing-
When he’d eaten you out on Monday, he’d been a little hesitant to go for your boobs. You wonder how often his friends rip into him for his affinity for boobs if he’s become this anxious about something that feels to be one of his kinks.
Mark licks his lips, and then he leans in to press a kiss to the column of your throat, beginning a slow descent. Your fingers tangle in Mark’s hair, and you pull gently when his mouth reaches the swell of your breasts, a moan sliping from between your lips as your hips push you to grind harder against the man between your legs.
The fingers of his left hand are splayed across the small of your back, and then you feel digits testing the clasp of your bra. “Take it off for me?” you whisper, pulling at Mark’s hair to force his mouth away from your chest. His eyes glitter while he looks up at you and he licks his lips, nodding before returning his kisses to your skin.
His fingers unhook your bra clasp and the fabric goes loose. Mark’s hands move up your back, reaching up to your shoulders, where his digits collect the straps so he can push them down slowly. The Canadian presses his face fully into the swell of your breasts, groaning as he peppers your skin in kisses and little kitten licks that have goosebumps erupting over your body.
“So soft.” He whispers, one hand moving to your waist, his thumb finding the underwire of the bra that's still covering you from him.
“Mark.” You groan, throwing your head back while grinding harder on him. You can feel his cock straining against his jeans, and you focus your movements to be more fluid, allowing you to drag your core up and down his length-
One of Mark’s hands grabs at the front of your bra and he tears it off of you in a motion that’s so uncharacteristically aggressive it takes your breath away, fingers pulling on the Canadian’s hair and earning a groan as he attaches his lips to your nipple.
“Fuck.” He growls, mouth hot and wet against your pebbled nub, his teeth dragging against you a moment later and making you shiver in Mark’s grasp. “So pretty.” He mumbles, pressing his face against your breasts as his hands and mouth try to worship all of you at once, the thumb of his left hand brushing over your neglected nipple and earning another gasp and roll of your hips.
“Mark- I want-” You whimper, hips shuddering when Mark’s teeth tease your nipple.
“What do you want?” He whispers, breath hot against your skin while his hands massage your breasts, sending pleasure coursing through your body.
“I want you.” You pout, reaching between your bodies to grab at Mark’s cock, which causes the soft boy under you to jolt with sensitivity, his fingers immediately wrapping around your wrist to pull you away.
“If you do that you’re gonna make me cum too fast.” Mark tells you, hiding his face against your chest while one of his hands moves to the small of your back, keeping you close to him.
“But I want you.” You say again.
“After I make you cum like this.” Mark tells you, lips returning to your nipple while his hands find your waist, urging you to grind down against him again. “I wanna see you cum like you did on Monday.” His breath is hot when he speaks, lips teasing your nipple with each word and making you groan in frustration, fingers getting a better grip on Mark’s hair. “So pretty.”
“Mark!” You whine, hips working of their own accord. Between his words, his tongue- his hands, and the way your hips are moving- you find yourself teetering on the edge of an orgasm before you can even wrap your head around the position you’re in- he’s going to make you cum from grinding? With your clothes still on?
“Cum for me?” His tongue flicks at your nipple before he places open mouthed kisses against your breasts, collecting them in two hands and pressing them together while his hot breath sends you into overdrive.
You let out a pathetic whimper, your core squeezing around nothing as your orgasm slams into you.
“Mark-” You moan, hips moving erratically due to the intensity of your release.
“I’ve got you.” The Canadian promises, his hands finding your waist to help guide your motions. He presses kisses to the underside of your jaw while you wrap your arms around his neck, holding onto the man who helps you through your high until you’re a whimpery, needy mess.
“Mark.” You moan when he lets you come to a stop. Your skin is clammy, heart hammering against your rib cage. You grab his face, pressing a kiss to his hot lips. “Need you now.”
“Not here.” Mark responds, his hands finding your ass as he stands up, keeping you close to his chest. “Your bedroom. With the fairy lights.”
“And the window open so we can hear the rain.” You press kisses to Mark’s neck while he carries you.
Mark makes sure to use his foot to kick your shirt into your room before he closes the door behind you- it’s likely Jeno and Yeji will be stranded at the frat while the rain is as bad as it currently is- but Mark doesn’t want to take any chances with them walking in on the two of you.
The Canadian is careful when he sets you onto your bed, and you immediately adjust your position, leaning your head back against the pillows. Mark reaches past you, finding the powerbar switch on the corner of your bed that controls all the pretty lights in your room, and a moment later, Mark’s golden hair is practically haloed around him by the twinkly white lights.
“Hi.” He says when he turns his attention back to you, his lips finding your nose.
“Hi.” You beam up at him, your cheeks already starting to hurt from how big your smile is. “Off?” You grab at the hem of his shirt and Mark lets out a contented sigh, pulling away from you so he can remove the fabric keeping his pretty torso from your greedy eyes and eager hands. “I can’t believe you look like this.” You groan the moment his shirt is discarded on your floor, and Mark jolts when your cold fingers brush against his abdomen.
“Like what?” He asks, leaning over you again, his nose brushing up your cheek as his lips leave soft kisses in their wake.
“Just- so- so perfect.” You moan when his mouth begins to suckle on your ear and your hands smooth across his shoulders, pulling him closer while your legs wrap tighter around his waist.
“One of us is perfect,” Mark laughs against your skin, “but it’s not me.”
You hum happily, “liar.”
Then you push at Mark’s chest, and he lets up immediately, allowing you to roll your bodies until you’re situated on top of the Canadian. His hands find your waist only for you to grab them, interlocking your fingers while you look down at the pretty boy in your bed. “Jungwoo told me you’ve written a few songs about me.”
Mark groans, throwing his head back into your pillows- you kind of enjoy having Mark in cute little moments- only for you to throw a curveball at him.
You love watching his ears turn pink, and you love reassuring Mark that he doesn’t have to be so embarrassed when he’s with you- that you’re pretty sure there’s nothing he could do that would make you laugh at him or make fun of him- and one day you’d seen the poor music theory major poke himself in the eye with a straw because he was so focused on his book that he couldn’t be bothered to watch where his mouth was going-
“Mark.” You adjust the way you’re sitting, grinding down against the outline of his cock, and this forces him to meet your eyes. “What are the songs about?”
“You, obviously.” Mark sits up suddenly, letting go of your hands in favour of wrapping his arms around your waist, fingers smoothing across the expanse of the small of your back, guiding your grinding motions like he had on the couch.
“Do you write about the things you want to do to me? Mark?” You love the way his name feels on your lips, and the man below you gives a small moan nearly every time you say it.
His fingers dig into your waist and he hides his face in your chest, “so many things.”
“Like what?” You run your digits through his hair.
“Think about you like this.” Mark says, looking up at you with soft eyes. “Riding me.” His hands grab your hips, forcing you to grind against him. “Think about your mouth.” Now his hand comes to cup your face, thumb testing your bottom lip as you press into his palm, opening your mouth to accept him. “Think about how sweet you taste.” Mark groans, rolling the two of you suddenly so you’re on your back again, and the pretty music theory major presses kisses to your breasts before beginning his descent.
“Mark-” You giggle.
“Let me have a taste?” His teeth nip at the waistband of your jeans, and you shiver at the feeling, closing your eyes to enjoy it- only to remember you need to have priorities.
“You’ve already made me cum once without your cock-” You whimper, pulling Mark’s face back up to yours.
“What’s one more?” He asks between kisses.
“It’s one more without you.” You groan, shoving your hand down the front of Mark’s pants before he can even stop you.
“Fuck.” Mark’s teeth sink into your bottom lip and his hands tense in the pillows on either side of your head as you stroke his length through his briefs.
“Don’t make me beg for you, Mark.” You plead, kissing his jaw and making doe eyes up at him.
“I could never make you beg.” He says sincerely, pressing his lips against yours while one hand pushes yours from his pants before it hikes your leg high on his waist. This time, when Mark grinds down against you, rolling his body fluidly, he hits all the right spots.
Your legs twitch and you pull at Mark’s hair, gasping- “fuck- pants off- Mark!” You whine pathetically, so overcome with lust from the amount of foreplay you’ve just endured that you can hardly form sentences.
Luckily, you don’t need full sentences, because ‘pants off’ is enough for the Canadian, who rolls off of you and lifts his hips, wiggling from his jeans before going for your own. You practically kick your pants off, and Mark grabs at your foot, stopping you from narrowly kicking him while he laughs up at you. “You’re so wild.” He grins, pressing a kiss to your inner calf before joining you on the bed again.
“Panties too.” You tell him, closing your legs so he can’t slot between them- you refuse to have another grinding session with your clothes keeping Mark from you- in fact, maybe you want a little control, and you sit up.
“Should I be worried about the look in your eyes?” Mark asks, sitting on his knees in front of you.
You shake your head, “no- but… lay down?”
He looks at you suspiciously.
“Please?” You crawl forward and Mark’s lips part while he gapes at you, a dazed look on his face.
A moment later he’s following through and laying down, getting comfortable against the pillows and adjusting his briefs. His skin is beginning to flush with embarrassment, and you think Mark must be crazy to think he’s anything other than ethereal while laid out on your bed, pretty fairy lights illuminating his soft features, with the sound of rain seeping through your window.
You straddle Mark’s thighs, leaning over him to press a kiss to his lips, then his neck, and Mark pushes his hips up against you when you decide to suck on his ear lobe again. “Fuck- you feel so good.” He says softly, fisting the sheets.
“Then why aren’t you touching me?” You tease, and within a microsecond, one of Mark’s hands is cupping your breast, squeezing gently.
“Like this?” Mark whispers.
“Yeah.” You roll your hips- and suddenly you think you might know why Mark enjoys teasing you so much. Watching him be all pretty and needy below you- knowing you’re working him up this way-
You continue your descent and Mark watches you carefully as you hook your fingers in his briefs. He sucks in a breath when you begin to pull his underwear down, and Mark shifts, making it easier for you to get him fully naked for you.
Mark’s pretty cock smacks up against his abdomen, and as soon as you've tossed Mark’s briefs aside, you find yourself running your tongue up it’s length. Your hand gets a good grip on the base of Mark’s cock, and you relax into the feeling of blowing the man who’s brought so much joy to your life.
He groans, hand fisting your hair, and you suck on him even harder, swirling your tongue repeatedly around the head.
“Fuck- baby,” his hips push up, cock hitting the back of your throat and making you gag slightly, your throat constricting around him. Mark groans louder and he pulls at your hair, forcing you off of him. “Get your cute little butt up here.” He instructs, and you’re more than happy to follow through.
It’s all too easy to move up from where you’re straddling Mark’s pretty thighs- and that's when you remember you’re still wearing your practically ruined pair of panties.
“Mark-” you whine, immediately looking up at him to fix the problem, that in all honesty, you put yourself in.
“Sorry.” Mark says, and then his hands are reaching for your panties, “sorry-” he repeats a few more times as he tears them in two, throwing the ruined fabric onto the ground before grabbing your hips and adjusting you so you can line up with his cock-
You sink down onto Mark and both of you groan in ecstasy. Your walls flutter around the Canadian’s length, getting used to the new intrusion, and Mark sits up, enclosing you in his arms while he wraps his mouth around your nipple, suckling and kitten licking.
He drags his teeth against your sensitive nub and your pussy clenches around his cock, earning a groan from the man beneath you, who ruts up, one hand moving behind him to use as leverage so he can begin to move up and into you.
Likewise, you use your legs to push yourself up before sinking back down, a small whimper leaving your lips at the stimulus. “Just like that.” Mark tells you, and you thread your fingers through his hair to anchor yourself while you continue your tentative movements.
“Feels so good.” Mark says, moving his kisses to your neck before finally reaching your lips. His tongue clashes with yours and you ride him harder, the sound of skin on skin filling the room with each bounce on his cock. “Look at you.” his hand cups your face, thumb brushing your cheek, “my little riding pro.”
You can’t help the way your skin flushes with heat, and you bashfully look away, only for Mark to force your eyes back to his when he grabs at your jaw. “Don’t be shy.”
“You don’t be shy.” You push at his shoulders, laughing.
“I’m not shy.” Mark insists.
“You’re not?” You cock an eyebrow, ready to whip out receipts and spit facts about your favourite pink eared blushy boy- but when Mark flips you, he takes your breath away.
You blink up at the man above you, who has always been such a soft, steady presence- but now he has a glint in his eye- and all the shyness you’ve fallen in love with, is nowhere to be seen.
Mark presses his lips against yours and he begins to roll his hips, grabbing at the pillows on either side of your head to use as leverage while he roughly thrusts into you.
Soft mewls and whimpers escape your kisses, and when Mark moves his lips to your neck, and says, “let it all out princess, tell me how good I’m making you feel” You simply can’t hold in your moans.
“Mark-” You dig your fingers into his shoulders, gasping when one of his hands moves to your thigh, pressing it up and against your chest, which allows him to go even deeper inside of you. “Fuck- Mark- please, oh my god-”
You grab his hair, tangling your fingers in it and forcing his lips up to yours while your eyes clench shut, body teetering on the edge of an orgasm.
“Cum for me?”
You smash your lips against Mark’s as he tears your orgasm out of you, his hips continuing their brutal pace while your pussy spasms over and over again around his cock. Mark groans loudly into your mouth, grabbing at the pillow next to your head and squeezing, hips shuddering while your body works him through his own high.
When his hips finally come to a stop, you let out a groan, wrapping your arms around his back so he has to stay pressed to your chest.
His breath is hot against your neck, and he swallows thickly before breaking the silence, “thanks.”
You laugh immediately, pushing Mark so he can roll off of you and you can lay sideways, using his chest to prop yourself up, gaze fixed on the pretty boy. “I like how you’re the one saying thank you.”
“I’m definitely the one who got lucky here.” Mark insists. “I mean- have you seen you?”
You hide your face against Mark’s chest, and he wraps his arms around the back of your head, grinning at your ceiling.
“Are you tired?” Mark asks when he notices the way you seem to be falling asleep next to him.
“Yes, are you?”
“Yeah- I should probably get going if you want to sleep-”
You tighten your grip on him, “but then my pillow would be gone.”
“I guess that’s true.” Mark smiles, his fingers finding your shoulder, where he traces shapes absentmindedly. “So- you want me to stay?”
“And in the morning-” Mark trails off.
“Yeji is used to you by now.” You assure him. “Kind of like how I'm used to Jeno.”
“Right.” Mark nods. “But if I'm sleeping over- and you’re passing out right now- aren’t we missing some aftercare?”
He can feel you grin against his chest, and then you’re pushing yourself up to look at him. “What do you have in mind?”
“Hadn’t thought that far.” Mark feels his skin heating, but when he meets your eyes, he can see that when you giggle, you’re giggling because he’s cute, and not from judgement.
“A shower could be nice.”You suggest, running the tip of your finger from Mark’s shoulder and down his collarbone.
“Then let's go.”
You sigh. “That means getting up- and my bed is so nice and warm.” You squeeze Mark, cuddling in closer and hiking your leg up onto his abdomen.
He groans, a warm hand finding your thigh and pulling it higher, smoothing up and down your skin and massaging your flesh. “The shower could be nice and warm.”
“You know what else is nice and warm?” You say teasingly, inching yourself up his side so you can access his neck, which you pepper in kisses.
“You want to hear something crazy?” Mark asks, his pulse racing where you’re kissing his throat.
“What’s that?” you tease your finger around the center of his chest, enjoying the way you can feel his heart jumping under his skin.
“I probably shouldn’t say it-” Mark sighs.
“No, say it!” you insist, moving to fully straddle Mark so you can look into his eyes, hands flat against his chest.
“I just-” Mark’s hand finds the back of your head, pulling you in until your lips are just touching- “I think i’m kind of in love with you-” You simply stare at him, processing his words, and the two second delay has the man shifting below you, skin blossoming with shyness. “I know- it’s crazy- and it probably sounds like a line-”
“It’s not- it doesn't.” You try to assure him, tripping over yourself from the shock. “Can I tell you something crazy too?”
“Please do.” Mark can hardly meet your eyes.
“I think I'm kind of in love with you too.”
“Really?” Mark looks up at you with those massive eyes- the ones you’ve fallen deeper and deeper into every day.
You nod, pressing a kiss to his lips.
“So-” Mark rolls the two of you, practically buzzing with excitement that has you giggling, “does that mean-” Mark presses kisses to your neck that are so energized that they tickle you, his blonde hair brushing by your face and making you laugh even more. “Does that mean you’ll be my girlfriend?”
The music theory major pulls away from your neck to watch you nod, and you smile up at him.
“Say it?” Mark pleads, lacing his fingers with yours.
“I will be your girlfriend.” You clarify, and then he’s kissing you, and it’s like your first kiss all over again.
The two of you end up making it to the shower, but not until much later.
24: Saturday - November 15th
Mark’s mind is blank. He’s so completely enraptured in the moment that nothing else needs to be filling his generally messy mind.
It’s still raining, and the pattering of water on cement can be heard as a sort of white noise right behind the Etta James record you’d put on after your morning routine- which you’d allowed Mark to watch.
Now you’re getting ready to study, and Mark’s still sitting in your bed, so completely happy just to be existing in the same space as you- to be able to watch you like this- it’s extremely different from the morning he’d assume he’d have, which included picking up empty beer cans and making sure all the younger guys were accounted for, skin unspoiled from the Frat Tattoo Bandit - who Mark is sure is Haechan, even though everyone’s seen Yangyang with the gun, but Mark thinks the flash tattoos that are showing up on all the younger pledges are more up Haechan’s alley.
“What are you thinking about?” You ask.
“You- then something stupid.” Mark admits, smiling at you and running a hand through his messy hair.
“Something stupid?” You cock your head, getting onto the foot of the bed and crawling towards Mark.
The Canadian swallows thickly, adjusting the way he’s sitting so he can be straighter against your headboard. “Fuck-” His eyes take you in and you know how cute you look- you’d worn a little skirt today, just for him.
“So are you going to tell me?” You smile, loving how easy it is to distract Mark and throw him off his rhythm.
“Right- uh,” Mark grabs at your waist, pulling you to be seated nicely in his lap, legs on either side of him. “There’s this tattoo bandit-”
He tells you the cliff notes version of events, and you listen, watching him speak. He’s so pretty, especially when telling stories. And then he’s asking, “should I go get us breakfast? If you’re busy studying-”
“Yeji usually cooks a nice hangover cure breakfast on Saturdays.” You tell him. “She probably wouldn’t mind if we joined her.”
“That sounds good.” Mark nods, and soon you find yourself holding the Canadian’s hand and peeking out of your doorway to the kitchen. Yeji is alone, and you pull Mark, leading him to where you take a seat at the island counter.
“Morning-” she turns and stops abruptly when she notices Mark, a massive grin spreading over her face, “you two.”
“Do you mind if we join you for breakfast?” You ask, grabbing Mark’s hand under the table.
“Sure!” Yeji responds immediately, without a second thought.
“What? He gets to stay but I don't?”
You turn to see Jeno standing in the doorway of Yeji’s room. He’s pulling a hoodie on, and you note the mark on his neck- Yeji’s always been a biter.
“Mark is a sweet boy.” Yeji states, pointing her spatula at Jeno.
“But baby, you like me bad.” Jeno insists, entering the kitchen to press a kiss to Yeji’s cheek that has her giggling.
“Fine, you can stay- but only because I can never eat the whole package of meat, and you’re a walking garbage disposal.”
“Guess that makes you the garbage woman cuz you’re always taking me out.” Jeno presses a quick peck to her cheek before darting off, with Yeji’s scolding following him the entire way to his seat on Mark’s other side.
Mark is struck by how easy it is for him to get lost in the moment when the moments are as good as they almost always are at your apartment.
“Let me help you with that.” Mark suggests when the food is done, and he grabs plates, already knowing his way around your kitchen.
Breakfast goes by much too quickly for Mark’s liking, and it’s spent laughing. Mark’s never really thought much about how fun double dates could be- and that’s kind of what this feels like.
But when you grab Mark’s hand and begin to drag him to your room- Mark realizes he wishes breakfast was over much sooner- and then, when you jump onto your bed, your little skirt floofing around you and momentarily teasing Mark with your cute panties, he realizes, why does breakfast have to end at all?
He’s a very hungry boy.
Your record has been playing the same five songs on one side of Etta James’s album for as long as you’ve been at breakfast, and while Mark looks at you, it switches to the fourth song: Sunday Kind of Love.
It’s Saturday- but Mark thinks it’s close enough- and he cant believe he’s found it.
If you’ve made it this far, and still havent donated, please remember to toss a dollar into the jar on your way out of the frat house :)
Donate with Paypal
Donate with Kofi
Donate by adding to this month’s medical fund
(what is this?)
The Frat au can be found here and your options are: Haechan, Johnny, Jaehyun, Lucas & Doyoung, or just Lucas :)
Depending on how the pay per entry goes with this, i do want to make a yuta frat fic (it’s planned and it’s a WILD one), and i’ve been approached about a Taeil chapter- Kun can still get a fic, Doyoung- I WILL make these all, but i do need that $1 support :)
Anyone who messages me to be mad about the pay per entry will be blocked. my mental health and continued existence is more important to me than you being mad about a $1 entrance fee. please be understanding guys. I’m legit drowning here.
My main masterlist can be found here
© smileysuh — all rights reserved. reposting/modifying of any fic, reaction, or piece of original writing posted on this blog is not allowed. Translations not allowed.
sorry to anyone whose tags didnt work - technology is weird
General Taglist: @mxrcayong-main - @anothershorthuman - @bangtancultspost - @multislut - @yungisstar1117-writes - @baektominaj - @bangshii - @loveshyewon - @poutypoutybin - @hwaddict - @itsghostgirlyo - @runahways - @sashatotie - @nctyongie - @doie-sun - @beautifulnctzen - @i-got7-hoes - @liz-zo - @binnieboyswhore - @imyourdestanie - @seuomo - @dnghycks-bestie - @astroodledream - @twility - @tyzone95 - @vhagarr-s - @vanishingboots - @johnnyswifeyyy - @flowerboykun - @aslutformen - @lune1897 - @nicolewazhereee - @hopejanaee - @Rosealie05 - @astrojoong - @yunhofingers - @markable6 - @winniwbobby - @nc-teen - @0705s - @bssmalahsworld - @born5sos - @kim-mingyu-enthusiast - @weiweiy - @aqvalisa - @jen0zen - @peachyxuxi - @primeleeknow - @zealousneckmuffinland - @earth-to-leiki
Frat Mark Taglist: @seoulsv - @chitaphrrrr - @dancingddays - @f4irynono - @dreamxglow - @jenorenle - @binsungmingfdonutswithjaminthemiddle - @luvemme - @aprilpari - @caratinylyfe - @ndr1271 - @haechancrisis - @mellowvoidexpertfriend - @hii-yongseul - @softnfluffynana - @itsyagirlsworld - @ft-zainab29 - @njn4118 - @neomarker - @taemarkai - @count-your-shadows - @babbymochiiii - @binnieboyswhore - @baektominaj - @mrmyhappiness - @creg61@271101 - @trecetalks - @bvbblytea - @jessiiloveeee -@cixrosie - @winniwbobby - @puppydaeng - @hyuckswifey - @channielovbot - @purpletnt - @infnteen - @choppedupcactus - @icedpeachgreenlee - @ch3nleaf - @veryberryshort - @haechansittinginatree - @csmklbc - @maevveey - @sxftyeonjun - @sunshinedhyuck - @cherry-chaeryeong - @resceluwu - @chezzontop - @allie-mcginn - @chaeryeongsfav - @jaehyunspeach - @foureyezkimmy - @danileidiota - @heyitsbreeeeee - @muligatorrr - @sexchyuck - @jccv - @hey-thatslove - @ch3rryverse - @mynctlib - @neoliljaem - @kimanniexxx - @whorechsn - @neocityfile - @sickchicc - @princesshenderyy - @i-love-park-jisung - @mingilingy -